# AMQPClassic Class

An easy-to-use AMQP 0.9.1 client implementation, with support for RabbitMQ extensions.

## Class Name

**IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic**

## Procedural Interface

```text
 ipworksiot_amqpclassic_open();
 ipworksiot_amqpclassic_close($res);
 ipworksiot_amqpclassic_register_callback($res, $id, $function);
 ipworksiot_amqpclassic_get_last_error($res);
 ipworksiot_amqpclassic_get_last_error_code($res);
 ipworksiot_amqpclassic_set($res, $id, $index, $value);
 ipworksiot_amqpclassic_get($res, $id, $index);
 ipworksiot_amqpclassic_do_bindqueue($res, $channelname, $queuename, $exchangename, $routingkey, $nowait);
 ipworksiot_amqpclassic_do_cancelconsume($res, $channelname, $consumertag, $nowait);
 ipworksiot_amqpclassic_do_closechannel($res, $channelname);
 ipworksiot_amqpclassic_do_committransaction($res, $channelname);
 ipworksiot_amqpclassic_do_config($res, $configurationstring);
 ipworksiot_amqpclassic_do_connect($res);
 ipworksiot_amqpclassic_do_connectto($res, $host, $port);
 ipworksiot_amqpclassic_do_consume($res, $channelname, $queuename, $consumertag, $nolocal, $noack, $exclusive, $nowait);
 ipworksiot_amqpclassic_do_createchannel($res, $channelname);
 ipworksiot_amqpclassic_do_declareexchange($res, $channelname, $exchangename, $exchangetype, $passive, $durable, $autodelete, $nowait);
 ipworksiot_amqpclassic_do_declarequeue($res, $channelname, $queuename, $passive, $durable, $exclusive, $autodelete, $nowait);
 ipworksiot_amqpclassic_do_deleteexchange($res, $channelname, $exchangename, $ifunused, $nowait);
 ipworksiot_amqpclassic_do_deletequeue($res, $channelname, $queuename, $ifunused, $ifempty, $nowait);
 ipworksiot_amqpclassic_do_disconnect($res);
 ipworksiot_amqpclassic_do_doevents($res);
 ipworksiot_amqpclassic_do_enablepublishconfirms($res, $channelname, $nowait);
 ipworksiot_amqpclassic_do_enabletransactionmode($res, $channelname);
 ipworksiot_amqpclassic_do_interrupt($res);
 ipworksiot_amqpclassic_do_publishmessage($res, $channelname, $exchangename, $routingkey, $mandatory, $immediate);
 ipworksiot_amqpclassic_do_purgequeue($res, $channelname, $queuename, $nowait);
 ipworksiot_amqpclassic_do_recover($res, $channelname, $requeue);
 ipworksiot_amqpclassic_do_reset($res);
 ipworksiot_amqpclassic_do_resetmessage($res);
 ipworksiot_amqpclassic_do_retrievemessage($res, $channelname, $queuename, $noack);
 ipworksiot_amqpclassic_do_rollbacktransaction($res, $channelname);
 ipworksiot_amqpclassic_do_setchannelaccept($res, $channelname, $accept);
 ipworksiot_amqpclassic_do_setqos($res, $channelname, $prefetchsize, $prefetchcount, $global);
 ipworksiot_amqpclassic_do_unbindqueue($res, $channelname, $queuename, $exchangename, $routingkey);
```

## Remarks

The AMQPClassic class provides an easy-to-use AMQP 0.9.1 client implementation, and it also supports certain RabbitMQ extensions to the AMQP 0.9.1 specification. The class supports both plaintext and TLS-enabled connections over TCP.

### Connecting

The AMQP 0.9.1 transport protocol has two layers: an overall connection between the client and server, and one or more channels running over that connection.

The class implements both layers, so the first step is to initiate the overall connection. Set the [AuthScheme](#authscheme-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class), [User](#user-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class), [Password](#password-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class), [SSLEnabled](#sslenabled-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class), and [VirtualHost](#virtualhost-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) properties if necessary, then call the [ConnectTo](#connectto-method-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) method, passing it the server's hostname and port number. (If the server in question is not running RabbitMQ, disabling the [RabbitMQCompatible](#RabbitMQCompatible) configuration setting before connecting is also recommended.)

The next step is to create at least one channel, which can be accomplished by using the [CreateChannel](#createchannel-method-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) method. The class allows creating any number of channels, up to the limit specified by the [MaxChannelCount](#MaxChannelCount) configuration setting.

**Connecting and Creating a Channel**

```csharp
// The examples in this documentation use a RabbitMQ server, which requires SASL Plain auth.
amqpc1.AuthScheme = AmqpclassicAuthSchemes.smSASLPlain;
amqpc1.User = "guest";
amqpc1.Password = "guest";
amqpc1.SSLEnabled = true;
amqpc1.ConnectTo("amqpclassic.test-server.com", 5671);
amqpc1.CreateChannel("channel");
```

Once the class has connected to the server, and one or more channels have been opened, the class can begin manipulating exchanges and queues, publishing messages, and creating consumers.

Note that most AMQP 0.9.1 operations can themselves vary in their complexity. The examples below are intentionally simple for the sake of clarity and brevity, but links are provided for many other parts of the class's API where more detail can be found.

### Declaring Exchanges

The [DeclareExchange](#declareexchange-method-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) method is used to declare (i.e., create, or verify the existence of) exchanges on the server. While all AMQP servers provide a default, *direct*-type exchange that all queues are bound to automatically (using their name as the routing key), more complex use-cases will often require creating additional exchanges of varying types.

**Declaring an Exchange**

```csharp
// Declare a direct-type exchange.
amqpc1.DeclareExchange("channel", "MyExchange", "direct", false, false, false, false);
```

Exchanges can also be deleted using the [DeleteExchange](#deleteexchange-method-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) method.

### Declaring Queues

The [DeclareQueue](#declarequeue-method-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) method is used to declare (i.e., create, or verify the existence of) queues on the server. Unlike with exchanges, the server does not provide any queues by default, so declaring a queue is always necessary (unless one has already been created by another client, or configured ahead-of-time on the server itself).

**Declaring a Queue**

```csharp
// Declare a queue.
amqpc1.DeclareQueue("channel", "MyQueue", false, false, false, false, false);
```

Queues may also be deleted or purged using the [DeleteQueue](#deletequeue-method-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) and [PurgeQueue](#purgequeue-method-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) methods.

### Binding Queues to Exchanges

The [BindQueue](#bindqueue-method-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) method is used to bind a queue to an exchange. Exchanges use the information held by their queue bindings to determine which messages to forward to which queues.

Note that all AMQP 0.9.1 servers automatically bind all queues to their default exchange (which is always a *direct* exchange with no name) using each queue's name as the binding's routing key. This makes it easy to send a message to a specific queue without having to declare bindings; just call [PublishMessage](#publishmessage-method-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class), pass empty string for *ExchangeName*, and the name of the desired queue for *RoutingKey*.

**Binding a Queue to an Exchange**

```csharp
// Bind a queue to an exchange. Messages will only be delivered to the queue if their routing key is "MyRoutingKey".
amqpc1.BindQueue("channel", "MyQueue", "MyExchange", "MyRoutingKey", false);
```

Queues can also be unbound from exchanges using the [UnbindQueue](#unbindqueue-method-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) method.

### Publishing Messages

To publish a message, populate the Message property's properties, and then call the [PublishMessage](#publishmessage-method-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) method.

**Publishing a Message**

```csharp
amqpc1.Message.Body = "Hello, world!";

// Publish a message to the server's default (no-name) exchange, using the name of a specific queue as the routing key.
amqpc1.PublishMessage("channel", "", "MyQueue", false, false);

// Publish a message to the "MyExchange" exchange, using the routing key "MyRoutingKey".
amqpc1.PublishMessage("channel", "MyExchange", "MyRoutingKey", false, false);
```

Note that outgoing messages may be handled differently by the server if the channel they are sent over is in transaction or (for RabbitMQ only) "publish confirmations" mode. Refer to the [EnableTransactionMode](#enabletransactionmode-method-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) and [EnablePublishConfirms](#enablepublishconfirms-method-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) methods for more information.

### Receiving Messages

There are two possible ways for the class to receive a message:

- Messages can be asynchronously *pushed* to the class from the server. At any point in time, the server may push a message to the class from a queue that the [Consume](#consume-method-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) method has been used to attach a consumer to.
- Messages can be synchronously *pulled* from the server by the class. The [RetrieveMessage](#retrievemessage-method-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) method is used to attempt to pull (or "retrieve") messages from a specific queue.

Regardless of how they are received, all incoming messages cause the ReceivedMessage property's properties to be populated and the [MessageIn](#messagein-event-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) event to fire.

**Receiving a Message**

```csharp
// MessageIn event handler.
amqpc1.OnMessageIn += (s, e) => {
  if (e.MessageCount == -1) {
    // The server pushed a message to us asynchronously due to a consumer we created.
    Console.WriteLine("The server pushed this message to us via consumer '" + e.ConsumerTag + "':");
    Console.WriteLine(amqpc1.ReceivedMessage.Body);
  } else if (e.DeliveryTag > 0) {
    // We pulled a message from a queue with the RetrieveMessage() method.
    Console.WriteLine("Message successfully pulled:");
    Console.WriteLine(amqpc1.ReceivedMessage.Body);
    Console.WriteLine(e.MessageCount + " messages are still available to pull.");
  } else {
    // We tried to pull a message, but there were none available to pull.
    Console.WriteLine("No messages available to pull.");
  }
};

// Attach a consumer to "MyQueue".
amqpc1.Consume("channel", "MyQueue", "consumerTag", false, true, false, false);

// Or, try to retrieve a message from "MyQueue".
amqpc1.RetrieveMessage("channel", "MyQueue", true);
```

Note that the [MessageIn](#messagein-event-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) event *always* fires if [RetrieveMessage](#retrievemessage-method-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) is called successfully, even if there were no messages available to retrieve; refer to [MessageIn](#messagein-event-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) for more information.

## Property List

*The following is the full list of the properties of the class with short descriptions. Click on the links for further details.*

|  |  |
| --- | --- |
| [ArgumentCount](#argumentcount-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | The number of records in the Argument arrays. |
| [ArgumentName](#argumentname-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | The table property's name. |
| [ArgumentValue](#argumentvalue-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | The table property's value. |
| [ArgumentValueType](#argumentvaluetype-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | The table property's value type. |
| [AuthScheme](#authscheme-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | The authentication scheme to use when connecting. |
| [ChannelCount](#channelcount-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | The number of records in the Channel arrays. |
| [ChannelAccept](#channelaccept-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | Whether the channel is currently accepting new messages from the server. |
| [ChannelMode](#channelmode-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | What mode the channel is operating in. |
| [ChannelName](#channelname-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | The name of the channel. |
| [ChannelReadyToSend](#channelreadytosend-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | Whether the channel is ready to send a message. |
| [ClientPropertyCount](#clientpropertycount-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | The number of records in the ClientProperty arrays. |
| [ClientPropertyName](#clientpropertyname-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | The table property's name. |
| [ClientPropertyValue](#clientpropertyvalue-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | The table property's value. |
| [ClientPropertyValueType](#clientpropertyvaluetype-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | The table property's value type. |
| [Connected](#connected-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | This property indicates whether the class is connected. |
| [FirewallAutoDetect](#firewallautodetect-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | Whether to automatically detect and use firewall system settings, if available. |
| [FirewallType](#firewalltype-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | The type of firewall to connect through. |
| [FirewallHost](#firewallhost-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | The name or IP address of the firewall (optional). |
| [FirewallPassword](#firewallpassword-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | A password if authentication is to be used when connecting through the firewall. |
| [FirewallPort](#firewallport-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | The Transmission Control Protocol (TCP) port for the firewall Host . |
| [FirewallUser](#firewalluser-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | A username if authentication is to be used when connecting through a firewall. |
| [Heartbeat](#heartbeat-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | The heartbeat timeout value. |
| [IncomingMessageCount](#incomingmessagecount-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | The number of records in the IncomingMessage arrays. |
| [IncomingMessageAppId](#incomingmessageappid-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | The Id of the application that created the message. |
| [IncomingMessageBody](#incomingmessagebody-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | The message body. |
| [IncomingMessageChannelName](#incomingmessagechannelname-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | The name of the channel the message is associated with. |
| [IncomingMessageContentEncoding](#incomingmessagecontentencoding-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | The content encoding of the message's body. |
| [IncomingMessageContentType](#incomingmessagecontenttype-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | The content type (MIME type) of the message's body. |
| [IncomingMessageCorrelationId](#incomingmessagecorrelationid-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | The correlation Id of the message. |
| [IncomingMessageDeliveryMode](#incomingmessagedeliverymode-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | The delivery mode of the message. |
| [IncomingMessageExpiration](#incomingmessageexpiration-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | The time-to-live value for this message. |
| [IncomingMessageHeaders](#incomingmessageheaders-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | Headers associated with the message. |
| [IncomingMessageId](#incomingmessageid-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | The unique Id of the message. |
| [IncomingMessageMessageType](#incomingmessagemessagetype-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | The message's type. |
| [IncomingMessagePriority](#incomingmessagepriority-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | The priority of the message. |
| [IncomingMessageReplyTo](#incomingmessagereplyto-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | The address to send replies to for the message. |
| [IncomingMessageTimestamp](#incomingmessagetimestamp-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | The message's timestamp. |
| [IncomingMessageUserId](#incomingmessageuserid-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | The identity of the user responsible for producing the message. |
| [LocalHost](#localhost-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | The name of the local host or user-assigned IP interface through which connections are initiated or accepted. |
| [LocalPort](#localport-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | The TCP port in the local host where the class binds. |
| [MessageAppId](#messageappid-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | The Id of the application that created the message. |
| [MessageBody](#messagebody-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | The message body. |
| [MessageChannelName](#messagechannelname-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | The name of the channel the message is associated with. |
| [MessageContentEncoding](#messagecontentencoding-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | The content encoding of the message's body. |
| [MessageContentType](#messagecontenttype-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | The content type (MIME type) of the message's body. |
| [MessageCorrelationId](#messagecorrelationid-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | The correlation Id of the message. |
| [MessageDeliveryMode](#messagedeliverymode-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | The delivery mode of the message. |
| [MessageExpiration](#messageexpiration-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | The time-to-live value for this message. |
| [MessageHeaders](#messageheaders-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | Headers associated with the message. |
| [MessageId](#messageid-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | The unique Id of the message. |
| [MessageType](#messagetype-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | The message's type. |
| [MessagePriority](#messagepriority-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | The priority of the message. |
| [MessageReplyTo](#messagereplyto-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | The address to send replies to for the message. |
| [MessageTimestamp](#messagetimestamp-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | The message's timestamp. |
| [MessageUserId](#messageuserid-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | The identity of the user responsible for producing the message. |
| [OutgoingMessageCount](#outgoingmessagecount-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | The number of records in the OutgoingMessage arrays. |
| [OutgoingMessageAppId](#outgoingmessageappid-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | The Id of the application that created the message. |
| [OutgoingMessageBody](#outgoingmessagebody-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | The message body. |
| [OutgoingMessageChannelName](#outgoingmessagechannelname-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | The name of the channel the message is associated with. |
| [OutgoingMessageContentEncoding](#outgoingmessagecontentencoding-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | The content encoding of the message's body. |
| [OutgoingMessageContentType](#outgoingmessagecontenttype-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | The content type (MIME type) of the message's body. |
| [OutgoingMessageCorrelationId](#outgoingmessagecorrelationid-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | The correlation Id of the message. |
| [OutgoingMessageDeliveryMode](#outgoingmessagedeliverymode-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | The delivery mode of the message. |
| [OutgoingMessageExpiration](#outgoingmessageexpiration-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | The time-to-live value for this message. |
| [OutgoingMessageHeaders](#outgoingmessageheaders-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | Headers associated with the message. |
| [OutgoingMessageId](#outgoingmessageid-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | The unique Id of the message. |
| [OutgoingMessageMessageType](#outgoingmessagemessagetype-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | The message's type. |
| [OutgoingMessagePriority](#outgoingmessagepriority-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | The priority of the message. |
| [OutgoingMessageReplyTo](#outgoingmessagereplyto-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | The address to send replies to for the message. |
| [OutgoingMessageTimestamp](#outgoingmessagetimestamp-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | The message's timestamp. |
| [OutgoingMessageUserId](#outgoingmessageuserid-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | The identity of the user responsible for producing the message. |
| [Password](#password-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | A password to use for SASL authentication. |
| [QueueMessageCount](#queuemessagecount-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | The message count returned by various queue operations. |
| [ReceivedMessageAppId](#receivedmessageappid-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | The Id of the application that created the message. |
| [ReceivedMessageBody](#receivedmessagebody-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | The message body. |
| [ReceivedMessageChannelName](#receivedmessagechannelname-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | The name of the channel the message is associated with. |
| [ReceivedMessageContentEncoding](#receivedmessagecontentencoding-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | The content encoding of the message's body. |
| [ReceivedMessageContentType](#receivedmessagecontenttype-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | The content type (MIME type) of the message's body. |
| [ReceivedMessageCorrelationId](#receivedmessagecorrelationid-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | The correlation Id of the message. |
| [ReceivedMessageDeliveryMode](#receivedmessagedeliverymode-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | The delivery mode of the message. |
| [ReceivedMessageExpiration](#receivedmessageexpiration-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | The time-to-live value for this message. |
| [ReceivedMessageHeaders](#receivedmessageheaders-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | Headers associated with the message. |
| [ReceivedMessageId](#receivedmessageid-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | The unique Id of the message. |
| [ReceivedMessageMessageType](#receivedmessagemessagetype-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | The message's type. |
| [ReceivedMessagePriority](#receivedmessagepriority-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | The priority of the message. |
| [ReceivedMessageReplyTo](#receivedmessagereplyto-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | The address to send replies to for the message. |
| [ReceivedMessageTimestamp](#receivedmessagetimestamp-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | The message's timestamp. |
| [ReceivedMessageUserId](#receivedmessageuserid-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | The identity of the user responsible for producing the message. |
| [RemoteHost](#remotehost-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | This property includes the address of the remote host. Domain names are resolved to IP addresses. |
| [RemotePort](#remoteport-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | The port of the AMQP server (default is 5672). The default port for SSL is 5671. |
| [ServerPropertyCount](#serverpropertycount-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | The number of records in the ServerProperty arrays. |
| [ServerPropertyName](#serverpropertyname-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | The table property's name. |
| [ServerPropertyValue](#serverpropertyvalue-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | The table property's value. |
| [ServerPropertyValueType](#serverpropertyvaluetype-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | The table property's value type. |
| [SSLAcceptServerCertEffectiveDate](#sslacceptservercerteffectivedate-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | The date on which this certificate becomes valid. |
| [SSLAcceptServerCertExpirationDate](#sslacceptservercertexpirationdate-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | The date on which the certificate expires. |
| [SSLAcceptServerCertExtendedKeyUsage](#sslacceptservercertextendedkeyusage-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | A comma-delimited list of extended key usage identifiers. |
| [SSLAcceptServerCertFingerprint](#sslacceptservercertfingerprint-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | The hex-encoded, 16-byte MD5 fingerprint of the certificate. |
| [SSLAcceptServerCertFingerprintSHA1](#sslacceptservercertfingerprintsha1-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | The hex-encoded, 20-byte SHA-1 fingerprint of the certificate. |
| [SSLAcceptServerCertFingerprintSHA256](#sslacceptservercertfingerprintsha256-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | The hex-encoded, 32-byte SHA-256 fingerprint of the certificate. |
| [SSLAcceptServerCertIssuer](#sslacceptservercertissuer-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | The issuer of the certificate. |
| [SSLAcceptServerCertPrivateKey](#sslacceptservercertprivatekey-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | The private key of the certificate (if available). |
| [SSLAcceptServerCertPrivateKeyAvailable](#sslacceptservercertprivatekeyavailable-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | Whether a PrivateKey is available for the selected certificate. |
| [SSLAcceptServerCertPrivateKeyContainer](#sslacceptservercertprivatekeycontainer-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | The name of the PrivateKey container for the certificate (if available). |
| [SSLAcceptServerCertPublicKey](#sslacceptservercertpublickey-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | The public key of the certificate. |
| [SSLAcceptServerCertPublicKeyAlgorithm](#sslacceptservercertpublickeyalgorithm-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | The textual description of the certificate's public key algorithm. |
| [SSLAcceptServerCertPublicKeyLength](#sslacceptservercertpublickeylength-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | The length of the certificate's public key (in bits). |
| [SSLAcceptServerCertSerialNumber](#sslacceptservercertserialnumber-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | The serial number of the certificate encoded as a string. |
| [SSLAcceptServerCertSignatureAlgorithm](#sslacceptservercertsignaturealgorithm-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | The text description of the certificate's signature algorithm. |
| [SSLAcceptServerCertStore](#sslacceptservercertstore-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | The name of the certificate store for the client certificate. |
| [SSLAcceptServerCertStorePassword](#sslacceptservercertstorepassword-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | If the type of certificate store requires a password, this property is used to specify the password needed to open the certificate store. |
| [SSLAcceptServerCertStoreType](#sslacceptservercertstoretype-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | The type of certificate store for this certificate. |
| [SSLAcceptServerCertSubjectAltNames](#sslacceptservercertsubjectaltnames-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | Comma-separated lists of alternative subject names for the certificate. |
| [SSLAcceptServerCertThumbprintMD5](#sslacceptservercertthumbprintmd5-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | The MD5 hash of the certificate. |
| [SSLAcceptServerCertThumbprintSHA1](#sslacceptservercertthumbprintsha1-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | The SHA-1 hash of the certificate. |
| [SSLAcceptServerCertThumbprintSHA256](#sslacceptservercertthumbprintsha256-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | The SHA-256 hash of the certificate. |
| [SSLAcceptServerCertUsage](#sslacceptservercertusage-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | The text description of UsageFlags . |
| [SSLAcceptServerCertUsageFlags](#sslacceptservercertusageflags-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | The flags that show intended use for the certificate. |
| [SSLAcceptServerCertVersion](#sslacceptservercertversion-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | The certificate's version number. |
| [SSLAcceptServerCertSubject](#sslacceptservercertsubject-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | The subject of the certificate used for client authentication. |
| [SSLAcceptServerCertEncoded](#sslacceptservercertencoded-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | The certificate (PEM/Base64 encoded). |
| [SSLCertEffectiveDate](#sslcerteffectivedate-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | The date on which this certificate becomes valid. |
| [SSLCertExpirationDate](#sslcertexpirationdate-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | The date on which the certificate expires. |
| [SSLCertExtendedKeyUsage](#sslcertextendedkeyusage-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | A comma-delimited list of extended key usage identifiers. |
| [SSLCertFingerprint](#sslcertfingerprint-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | The hex-encoded, 16-byte MD5 fingerprint of the certificate. |
| [SSLCertFingerprintSHA1](#sslcertfingerprintsha1-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | The hex-encoded, 20-byte SHA-1 fingerprint of the certificate. |
| [SSLCertFingerprintSHA256](#sslcertfingerprintsha256-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | The hex-encoded, 32-byte SHA-256 fingerprint of the certificate. |
| [SSLCertIssuer](#sslcertissuer-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | The issuer of the certificate. |
| [SSLCertPrivateKey](#sslcertprivatekey-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | The private key of the certificate (if available). |
| [SSLCertPrivateKeyAvailable](#sslcertprivatekeyavailable-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | Whether a PrivateKey is available for the selected certificate. |
| [SSLCertPrivateKeyContainer](#sslcertprivatekeycontainer-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | The name of the PrivateKey container for the certificate (if available). |
| [SSLCertPublicKey](#sslcertpublickey-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | The public key of the certificate. |
| [SSLCertPublicKeyAlgorithm](#sslcertpublickeyalgorithm-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | The textual description of the certificate's public key algorithm. |
| [SSLCertPublicKeyLength](#sslcertpublickeylength-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | The length of the certificate's public key (in bits). |
| [SSLCertSerialNumber](#sslcertserialnumber-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | The serial number of the certificate encoded as a string. |
| [SSLCertSignatureAlgorithm](#sslcertsignaturealgorithm-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | The text description of the certificate's signature algorithm. |
| [SSLCertStore](#sslcertstore-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | The name of the certificate store for the client certificate. |
| [SSLCertStorePassword](#sslcertstorepassword-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | If the type of certificate store requires a password, this property is used to specify the password needed to open the certificate store. |
| [SSLCertStoreType](#sslcertstoretype-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | The type of certificate store for this certificate. |
| [SSLCertSubjectAltNames](#sslcertsubjectaltnames-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | Comma-separated lists of alternative subject names for the certificate. |
| [SSLCertThumbprintMD5](#sslcertthumbprintmd5-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | The MD5 hash of the certificate. |
| [SSLCertThumbprintSHA1](#sslcertthumbprintsha1-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | The SHA-1 hash of the certificate. |
| [SSLCertThumbprintSHA256](#sslcertthumbprintsha256-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | The SHA-256 hash of the certificate. |
| [SSLCertUsage](#sslcertusage-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | The text description of UsageFlags . |
| [SSLCertUsageFlags](#sslcertusageflags-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | The flags that show intended use for the certificate. |
| [SSLCertVersion](#sslcertversion-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | The certificate's version number. |
| [SSLCertSubject](#sslcertsubject-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | The subject of the certificate used for client authentication. |
| [SSLCertEncoded](#sslcertencoded-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | The certificate (PEM/Base64 encoded). |
| [SSLEnabled](#sslenabled-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | This property indicates whether Transport Layer Security/Secure Sockets Layer (TLS/SSL) is enabled. |
| [SSLProvider](#sslprovider-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | The Secure Sockets Layer/Transport Layer Security (SSL/TLS) implementation to use. |
| [SSLServerCertEffectiveDate](#sslservercerteffectivedate-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | The date on which this certificate becomes valid. |
| [SSLServerCertExpirationDate](#sslservercertexpirationdate-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | The date on which the certificate expires. |
| [SSLServerCertExtendedKeyUsage](#sslservercertextendedkeyusage-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | A comma-delimited list of extended key usage identifiers. |
| [SSLServerCertFingerprint](#sslservercertfingerprint-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | The hex-encoded, 16-byte MD5 fingerprint of the certificate. |
| [SSLServerCertFingerprintSHA1](#sslservercertfingerprintsha1-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | The hex-encoded, 20-byte SHA-1 fingerprint of the certificate. |
| [SSLServerCertFingerprintSHA256](#sslservercertfingerprintsha256-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | The hex-encoded, 32-byte SHA-256 fingerprint of the certificate. |
| [SSLServerCertIssuer](#sslservercertissuer-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | The issuer of the certificate. |
| [SSLServerCertPrivateKey](#sslservercertprivatekey-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | The private key of the certificate (if available). |
| [SSLServerCertPrivateKeyAvailable](#sslservercertprivatekeyavailable-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | Whether a PrivateKey is available for the selected certificate. |
| [SSLServerCertPrivateKeyContainer](#sslservercertprivatekeycontainer-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | The name of the PrivateKey container for the certificate (if available). |
| [SSLServerCertPublicKey](#sslservercertpublickey-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | The public key of the certificate. |
| [SSLServerCertPublicKeyAlgorithm](#sslservercertpublickeyalgorithm-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | The textual description of the certificate's public key algorithm. |
| [SSLServerCertPublicKeyLength](#sslservercertpublickeylength-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | The length of the certificate's public key (in bits). |
| [SSLServerCertSerialNumber](#sslservercertserialnumber-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | The serial number of the certificate encoded as a string. |
| [SSLServerCertSignatureAlgorithm](#sslservercertsignaturealgorithm-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | The text description of the certificate's signature algorithm. |
| [SSLServerCertStore](#sslservercertstore-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | The name of the certificate store for the client certificate. |
| [SSLServerCertStorePassword](#sslservercertstorepassword-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | If the type of certificate store requires a password, this property is used to specify the password needed to open the certificate store. |
| [SSLServerCertStoreType](#sslservercertstoretype-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | The type of certificate store for this certificate. |
| [SSLServerCertSubjectAltNames](#sslservercertsubjectaltnames-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | Comma-separated lists of alternative subject names for the certificate. |
| [SSLServerCertThumbprintMD5](#sslservercertthumbprintmd5-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | The MD5 hash of the certificate. |
| [SSLServerCertThumbprintSHA1](#sslservercertthumbprintsha1-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | The SHA-1 hash of the certificate. |
| [SSLServerCertThumbprintSHA256](#sslservercertthumbprintsha256-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | The SHA-256 hash of the certificate. |
| [SSLServerCertUsage](#sslservercertusage-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | The text description of UsageFlags . |
| [SSLServerCertUsageFlags](#sslservercertusageflags-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | The flags that show intended use for the certificate. |
| [SSLServerCertVersion](#sslservercertversion-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | The certificate's version number. |
| [SSLServerCertSubject](#sslservercertsubject-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | The subject of the certificate used for client authentication. |
| [SSLServerCertEncoded](#sslservercertencoded-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | The certificate (PEM/Base64 encoded). |
| [Timeout](#timeout-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | This property includes the timeout for the class. |
| [User](#user-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | A username to use for SASL authentication. |
| [VirtualHost](#virtualhost-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | The virtual host to connect to. |

## Method List

*The following is the full list of the methods of the class with short descriptions. Click on the links for further details.*

|  |  |
| --- | --- |
| [BindQueue](#bindqueue-method-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | Binds a queue to an exchange. |
| [CancelConsume](#cancelconsume-method-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | Cancels an existing consumer. |
| [CloseChannel](#closechannel-method-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | Closes a channel. |
| [CommitTransaction](#committransaction-method-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | Commits the current transaction for a channel. |
| [Config](#config-method-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | Sets or retrieves a configuration setting. |
| [Connect](#connect-method-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | This method connects to a remote host. |
| [ConnectTo](#connectto-method-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | This method connects to a remote host. |
| [Consume](#consume-method-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | Starts a new consumer for a given queue. |
| [CreateChannel](#createchannel-method-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | Creates a new channel. |
| [DeclareExchange](#declareexchange-method-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | Verifies that an exchange exists, potentially creating it if necessary. |
| [DeclareQueue](#declarequeue-method-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | Verifies that a queue exists, potentially creating it if necessary. |
| [DeleteExchange](#deleteexchange-method-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | Deletes an exchange. |
| [DeleteQueue](#deletequeue-method-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | Deletes a queue. |
| [Disconnect](#disconnect-method-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | This method disconnects from the remote host. |
| [DoEvents](#doevents-method-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | This method processes events from the internal message queue. |
| [EnablePublishConfirms](#enablepublishconfirms-method-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | Enables publish confirmations mode for a channel. |
| [EnableTransactionMode](#enabletransactionmode-method-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | Enables transaction mode for a channel. |
| [Interrupt](#interrupt-method-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | Interrupt the current action and disconnects from the remote host. |
| [PublishMessage](#publishmessage-method-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | Publishes a message. |
| [PurgeQueue](#purgequeue-method-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | Purges all messages from a queue. |
| [Recover](#recover-method-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | Request that the server redeliver all messages on a given channel that have not been acknowledged. |
| [Reset](#reset-method-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | This method will reset the class. |
| [ResetMessage](#resetmessage-method-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | Resets the Message properties. |
| [RetrieveMessage](#retrievemessage-method-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | Attempts to retrieve a message from a given queue. |
| [RollbackTransaction](#rollbacktransaction-method-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | Rolls back the current transaction for a channel. |
| [SetChannelAccept](#setchannelaccept-method-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | Disables or enables message acceptance for a given channel. |
| [SetQoS](#setqos-method-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | Requests a specific quality of service (QoS). |
| [UnbindQueue](#unbindqueue-method-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | Removes a previously-created queue binding. |

## Event List

*The following is the full list of the events fired by the class with short descriptions. Click on the links for further details.*

|  |  |
| --- | --- |
| [ChannelReadyToSend](#channelreadytosend-event-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | Fires when a channel is ready to send messages. |
| [Connected](#connected-event-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | Fired immediately after a connection completes (or fails). |
| [ConnectionStatus](#connectionstatus-event-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | Fired to indicate changes in the connection state. |
| [Disconnected](#disconnected-event-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | Fired when a connection is closed. |
| [Error](#error-event-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | Fired when information is available about errors during data delivery. |
| [Log](#log-event-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | Fires once for each log message. |
| [MessageIn](#messagein-event-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | Fires when a message is received; as well as when an attempt is made to fetch a message from a currently empty queue. |
| [MessageOut](#messageout-event-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | Fires when a message is published. |
| [MessageReturned](#messagereturned-event-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | Fires if a previously published message is returned by the server due to it being undeliverable. |
| [SSLServerAuthentication](#sslserverauthentication-event-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | Fired after the server presents its certificate to the client. |
| [SSLStatus](#sslstatus-event-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | Fired when secure connection progress messages are available. |

## Config Settings

*The following is a list of config settings for the class with short descriptions. Click on the links for further details.*

|  |  |
| --- | --- |
| [AuthorizationIdentity](#AuthorizationIdentity) | The value to use as the authorization identity when SASL authentication is used. |
| [ConsumerTag](#ConsumerTag) | The consumer tag associated with the most recently created consumer. |
| [Locale](#Locale) | The desired message locale to use. |
| [Locales](#Locales) | The message locales supported by the server. |
| [LogLevel](#LogLevel) | The level of detail that is logged. |
| [MaxChannelCount](#MaxChannelCount) | The maximum number of channels. |
| [MaxFrameSize](#MaxFrameSize) | The maximum frame size. |
| [Mechanisms](#Mechanisms) | The authentication mechanisms supported by the server. |
| [NackMultiple](#NackMultiple) | Whether negative acknowledgments should be cumulative or not. |
| [ProtocolVersion](#ProtocolVersion) | The AMQP protocol version to conform to. |
| [QueueConsumerCount](#QueueConsumerCount) | The consumer count associated with the most recently created (or verified) queue. |
| [QueueName](#QueueName) | The queue name associated with the most recently created (or verified) queue. |
| [RabbitMQCompatible](#RabbitMQCompatible) | Whether to operate in a mode compatible with RabbitMQ. |
| [ConnectionTimeout](#ConnectionTimeout) | Sets a separate timeout value for establishing a connection. |
| [EnableFallback](#EnableFallback) | Whether to try the other addresses the remote host resolves to when a connection attempt fails. |
| [FallbackTimeout](#FallbackTimeout) | The maximum time in milliseconds to spend on connection attempts when EnableFallback is enabled. |
| [FirewallAutoDetect](#FirewallAutoDetect) | Tells the class whether or not to automatically detect and use firewall system settings, if available. |
| [FirewallHost](#FirewallHost) | Name or IP address of firewall (optional). |
| [FirewallHTTPVersion](#FirewallHTTPVersion) | The HTTP version to be used when connecting through a tunneling proxy. |
| [FirewallPassword](#FirewallPassword) | Password to be used if authentication is to be used when connecting through the firewall. |
| [FirewallPort](#FirewallPort) | The TCP port for the FirewallHost;. |
| [FirewallType](#FirewallType) | Determines the type of firewall to connect through. |
| [FirewallUser](#FirewallUser) | A user name if authentication is to be used connecting through a firewall. |
| [KeepAliveInterval](#KeepAliveInterval) | The retry interval, in milliseconds, to be used when a TCP keep-alive packet is sent and no response is received. |
| [KeepAliveTime](#KeepAliveTime) | The inactivity time in milliseconds before a TCP keep-alive packet is sent. |
| [Linger](#Linger) | When set to True, connections are terminated gracefully. |
| [LingerTime](#LingerTime) | Time in seconds to have the connection linger. |
| [LocalHost](#LocalHost) | The name of the local host through which connections are initiated or accepted. |
| [LocalPort](#LocalPort) | The port in the local host where the class binds. |
| [MaxLineLength](#MaxLineLength) | The maximum amount of data to accumulate when no EOL is found. |
| [MaxTransferRate](#MaxTransferRate) | The transfer rate limit in bytes per second. |
| [ProxyExceptionsList](#ProxyExceptionsList) | A semicolon separated list of hosts and IPs to bypass when using a proxy. |
| [TCPKeepAlive](#TCPKeepAlive) | Determines whether or not the keep alive socket option is enabled. |
| [TcpNoDelay](#TcpNoDelay) | Whether or not to delay when sending packets. |
| [UseIPv6](#UseIPv6) | Whether to use IPv6. |
| [UseNTLMv2](#UseNTLMv2) | Whether to use NTLM V2. |
| [LogSSLPackets](#LogSSLPackets) | Controls whether SSL packets are logged when using the internal security API. |
| [OpenSSLCADir](#OpenSSLCADir) | The path to a directory containing CA certificates. |
| [OpenSSLCAFile](#OpenSSLCAFile) | Name of the file containing the list of CA's trusted by your application. |
| [OpenSSLCipherList](#OpenSSLCipherList) | A string that controls the ciphers to be used by SSL. |
| [OpenSSLPrngSeedData](#OpenSSLPrngSeedData) | The data to seed the pseudo random number generator (PRNG). |
| [ReuseSSLSession](#ReuseSSLSession) | Determines if the SSL session is reused. |
| [SSLCACertFilePaths](#SSLCACertFilePaths) | The paths to CA certificate files on Unix/Linux. |
| [SSLCACerts](#SSLCACerts) | A newline separated list of CA certificates to be included when performing an SSL handshake. |
| [SSLCheckCRL](#SSLCheckCRL) | Whether to check the Certificate Revocation List for the server certificate. |
| [SSLCheckOCSP](#SSLCheckOCSP) | Whether to use OCSP to check the status of the server certificate. |
| [SSLCipherStrength](#SSLCipherStrength) | The minimum cipher strength used for bulk encryption. |
| [SSLClientCACerts](#SSLClientCACerts) | A newline separated list of CA certificates to use during SSL client certificate validation. |
| [SSLEnabledCipherSuites](#SSLEnabledCipherSuites) | The cipher suite to be used in an SSL negotiation. |
| [SSLEnabledProtocols](#SSLEnabledProtocols) | Used to enable/disable the supported security protocols. |
| [SSLEnableRenegotiation](#SSLEnableRenegotiation) | Whether the renegotiation_info SSL extension is supported. |
| [SSLIncludeCertChain](#SSLIncludeCertChain) | Whether the entire certificate chain is included in the SSLServerAuthentication event. |
| [SSLKeyLogFile](#SSLKeyLogFile) | The location of a file where per-session secrets are written for debugging purposes. |
| [SSLNegotiatedCipher](#SSLNegotiatedCipher) | Returns the negotiated cipher suite. |
| [SSLNegotiatedCipherStrength](#SSLNegotiatedCipherStrength) | Returns the negotiated cipher suite strength. |
| [SSLNegotiatedCipherSuite](#SSLNegotiatedCipherSuite) | Returns the negotiated cipher suite. |
| [SSLNegotiatedKeyExchange](#SSLNegotiatedKeyExchange) | Returns the negotiated key exchange algorithm. |
| [SSLNegotiatedKeyExchangeStrength](#SSLNegotiatedKeyExchangeStrength) | Returns the negotiated key exchange algorithm strength. |
| [SSLNegotiatedVersion](#SSLNegotiatedVersion) | Returns the negotiated protocol version. |
| [SSLSecurityFlags](#SSLSecurityFlags) | Flags that control certificate verification. |
| [SSLServerCACerts](#SSLServerCACerts) | A newline separated list of CA certificates to use during SSL server certificate validation. |
| [TLS12SignatureAlgorithms](#TLS12SignatureAlgorithms) | Defines the allowed TLS 1.2 signature algorithms when SSLProvider is set to Internal. |
| [TLS12SupportedGroups](#TLS12SupportedGroups) | The supported groups for ECC. |
| [TLS13KeyShareGroups](#TLS13KeyShareGroups) | The groups for which to pregenerate key shares. |
| [TLS13SignatureAlgorithms](#TLS13SignatureAlgorithms) | The allowed certificate signature algorithms. |
| [TLS13SupportedGroups](#TLS13SupportedGroups) | The supported groups for (EC)DHE key exchange. |
| [AbsoluteTimeout](#AbsoluteTimeout) | Determines whether timeouts are inactivity timeouts or absolute timeouts. |
| [FirewallData](#FirewallData) | Used to send extra data to the firewall. |
| [InBufferSize](#InBufferSize) | The size in bytes of the incoming queue of the socket. |
| [OutBufferSize](#OutBufferSize) | The size in bytes of the outgoing queue of the socket. |
| [BuildInfo](#BuildInfo) | Information about the product's build. |
| [CodePage](#CodePage) | The system code page used for Unicode to Multibyte translations. |
| [LicenseInfo](#LicenseInfo) | Information about the current license. |
| [MaskSensitiveData](#MaskSensitiveData) | Whether sensitive data is masked in log messages. |
| [ProcessIdleEvents](#ProcessIdleEvents) | Whether the class uses its internal event loop to process events when the main thread is idle. |
| [SelectWaitMillis](#SelectWaitMillis) | The length of time in milliseconds the class will wait when DoEvents is called if there are no events to process. |
| [UseFIPSCompliantAPI](#UseFIPSCompliantAPI) | Tells the class whether or not to use FIPS certified APIs. |
| [UseInternalSecurityAPI](#UseInternalSecurityAPI) | Whether or not to use the system security libraries or an internal implementation. |

# ArgumentCount Property ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

The number of records in the Argument arrays.

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function getArgumentCount();
public function setArgumentCount($value);
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_get($res, 1 );
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_set($res, 1, $value );
```

## Default Value

0

## Remarks

This property controls the size of the following arrays:

- [ArgumentName](#argumentname-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class)
- [ArgumentValue](#argumentvalue-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class)
- [ArgumentValueType](#argumentvaluetype-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class)

The array indices start at *0* and end at *ArgumentCount - 1*.

This property is not available at design time.

## Data Type

Integer

# ArgumentName Property ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

The table property's name.

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function getArgumentName($argumentindex);
public function setArgumentName($argumentindex, $value);
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_get($res, 2 , $argumentindex);
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_set($res, 2, $value , $argumentindex);
```

## Default Value

''

## Remarks

The table field's name.

This property specifies the table field's name. The name must be an ASCII string that:

- Starts with an ASCII letter, *$*, or *$* character.
- Only contains ASCII letters, digits, underscores, *$*, and *$* characters.
- Is unique among all sibling table field [ArgumentName](#argumentname-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class)s.
- Is no longer than 128 characters.

The *$argumentindex* parameter specifies the index of the item in the array. The size of the array is controlled by the [ArgumentCount](#argumentcount-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) property.

This property is not available at design time.

## Data Type

String

# ArgumentValue Property ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

The table property's value.

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function getArgumentValue($argumentindex);
public function setArgumentValue($argumentindex, $value);
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_get($res, 3 , $argumentindex);
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_set($res, 3, $value , $argumentindex);
```

## Default Value

''

## Remarks

The table field's value.

This property specifies the table field's value.

The *$argumentindex* parameter specifies the index of the item in the array. The size of the array is controlled by the [ArgumentCount](#argumentcount-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) property.

This property is not available at design time.

## Data Type

String

# ArgumentValueType Property ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

The table property's value type.

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function getArgumentValueType($argumentindex);
public function setArgumentValueType($argumentindex, $value);
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_get($res, 4 , $argumentindex);
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_set($res, 4, $value , $argumentindex);
```

## Possible Values

```text
AMQPCLASSIC_ARGUMENTVALUETYPE_BOOLEAN(0), AMQPCLASSIC_ARGUMENTVALUETYPE_BYTE(1), AMQPCLASSIC_ARGUMENTVALUETYPE_UBYTE(2), AMQPCLASSIC_ARGUMENTVALUETYPE_SHORT(3), AMQPCLASSIC_ARGUMENTVALUETYPE_USHORT(4), AMQPCLASSIC_ARGUMENTVALUETYPE_INT(5), AMQPCLASSIC_ARGUMENTVALUETYPE_UINT(6), AMQPCLASSIC_ARGUMENTVALUETYPE_LONG(7), AMQPCLASSIC_ARGUMENTVALUETYPE_ULONG(8), AMQPCLASSIC_ARGUMENTVALUETYPE_FLOAT(9), AMQPCLASSIC_ARGUMENTVALUETYPE_DOUBLE(10), AMQPCLASSIC_ARGUMENTVALUETYPE_DECIMAL(11), AMQPCLASSIC_ARGUMENTVALUETYPE_SSTRING(12), AMQPCLASSIC_ARGUMENTVALUETYPE_STRING(13), AMQPCLASSIC_ARGUMENTVALUETYPE_ARRAY(14), AMQPCLASSIC_ARGUMENTVALUETYPE_TIMESTAMP(15), AMQPCLASSIC_ARGUMENTVALUETYPE_TABLE(16), AMQPCLASSIC_ARGUMENTVALUETYPE_NULL(17)
```

## Default Value

17

## Remarks

The table field's value type.

This property specifies the table field's value type (and thus, the format of the data in the [ArgumentValue](#argumentvalue-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) property). Acceptable value types are:

| Value Type | JSON Value Type | Description | Value Format |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
| fvtBoolean (0) | boolean | Boolean | "True" or "False" |
| fvtByte (1) | byte | Byte | -128 to 127 |
| fvtUbyte (2) | ubyte | Unsigned byte | 0 to 255 |
| fvtShort (3) | short | Short | -32768 to 32767 |
| fvtUshort (4) | ushort | Unsigned short | 0 to 65535 |
| fvtInt (5) | int | Integer | -2147483648 to 2147483647 |
| fvtUint (6) | uint | Unsigned integer | 0 to 4294967295 |
| fvtLong (7) | long | Long | -9223372036854775808 to 9223372036854775807 |
| fvtUlong (8) | ulong | Unsigned long | 0 to 18446744073709551615 |
| fvtFloat (9) | float | Float | IEEE 754 32-bit floating point number |
| fvtDouble (10) | double | Double | IEEE 754 64-bit floating point number |
| fvtDecimal (11) | decimal | Decimal | Hex-encoded byte string |
| fvtSstring (12) | sstring | Short string | UTF-8 string data, limited to 255 bytes; may not contain null bytes (\0) |
| fvtString (13) | string | String | String data |
| fvtArray (14) | array | Array | JSON array of type-value pairs |
| fvtTimestamp (15) | timestamp | Timestamp | Number of milliseconds since the Unix epoch (January 1, 1970 00:00:00 UTC) |
| fvtTable (16) | table | Table | JSON object containing name-type-value tuples |
| fvtNull (17 - default) | null | Null | N/A ([ArgumentValue](#argumentvalue-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) is ignored) |

NOTE: The *fvtUlong (8)* and *fvtSstring (12)* value types are not supported when the [RabbitMQCompatible](#RabbitMQCompatible) configuration setting is enabled.

For the *fvtArray (14)* value type, the [ArgumentValue](#argumentvalue-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) should be specified as a JSON array of type-value pairs; for example:

```text
[
  { "type": "int", "value": 23 },
  { "type": "int", "value": -52 },
  { "type": "int", "value": 153325 }
]
```

For the *fvtTable (16)* value type, the [ArgumentValue](#argumentvalue-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) should be specified as a JSON object containing name-type-value tuples; for example:

```text
{
  { "name": "Test1", "type": "long", "value": 12345678901234 },
  { "name": "Test2", "type": "boolean", "value": "false" },
  { "name": "Test3", "type": "string", "value": "This is a test." }
}
```

Notes regarding *fvtArray (14)* and *fvtTable (16)* type [ArgumentValue](#argumentvalue-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class)s:

- All "type" fields in the JSON content must be set to one of the value types in the table above.
- For *fvtTable (16)* type [ArgumentValue](#argumentvalue-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class)s, all "name" fields must adhere to the rules described by the [ArgumentKey](#AMQPClassic_p_ArgumentKey) documentation.
- Nesting and mixing multiple levels of arrays and tables in the JSON is allowed.

The *$argumentindex* parameter specifies the index of the item in the array. The size of the array is controlled by the [ArgumentCount](#argumentcount-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) property.

This property is not available at design time.

## Data Type

Integer

# AuthScheme Property ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

The authentication scheme to use when connecting.

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function getAuthScheme();
public function setAuthScheme($value);
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_get($res, 5 );
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_set($res, 5, $value );
```

## Possible Values

```text
AMQPCLASSIC_AUTHSCHEME_NONE(0), AMQPCLASSIC_AUTHSCHEME_SASLANONYMOUS(1), AMQPCLASSIC_AUTHSCHEME_SASLPLAIN(2), AMQPCLASSIC_AUTHSCHEME_SASLEXTERNAL(3)
```

## Default Value

2

## Remarks

This property controls what authentication scheme the class should use when connecting to the remote host.

Valid values are:

- smNone (0)
- smSASLAnonymous (1)
- smSASLPlain (2) - Default
- smSASLExternal (3)

This property is not available at design time.

## Data Type

Integer

# ChannelCount Property ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

The number of records in the Channel arrays.

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function getChannelCount();
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_get($res, 6 );
```

## Default Value

0

## Remarks

This property controls the size of the following arrays:

- [ChannelAccept](#channelaccept-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class)
- [ChannelMode](#channelmode-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class)
- [ChannelName](#channelname-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class)
- [ChannelReadyToSend](#channelreadytosend-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class)

The array indices start at *0* and end at *ChannelCount - 1*.

This property is read-only and not available at design time.

## Data Type

Integer

# ChannelAccept Property ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

Whether the channel is currently accepting new messages from the server.

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function getChannelAccept($channelindex);
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_get($res, 7 , $channelindex);
```

## Default Value

true

## Remarks

Whether the channel is currently accepting new messages from the server.

This property reflects whether the channel is currently accepting new messages from the server. When the channel is created, this property is *True* by default.

The [SetChannelAccept](#setchannelaccept-method-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) method can be used to disable and re-enable message acceptance at any time; refer to that method for more information.

The *$channelindex* parameter specifies the index of the item in the array. The size of the array is controlled by the [ChannelCount](#channelcount-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) property.

This property is read-only and not available at design time.

## Data Type

Boolean

# ChannelMode Property ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

What mode the channel is operating in.

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function getChannelMode($channelindex);
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_get($res, 8 , $channelindex);
```

## Possible Values

```text
AMQPCLASSIC_CHANNELMODE_NORMAL(0), AMQPCLASSIC_CHANNELMODE_TRANSACTIONAL(1), AMQPCLASSIC_CHANNELMODE_PUBLISH_CONFIRMS(2)
```

## Default Value

0

## Remarks

What mode the channel is operating in.

This property reflects what mode the channel is operating in. Possible values are:

- *cmtNormal (0 - default)*: Normal mode.
- *cmtTransactional (1)*: Transaction mode.
- *cmtPublishConfirms (2)*: Publish confirmations mode.

All channels are in normal mode when they are created; there's nothing special about a channel in normal mode.

Channels can be put in transaction mode using the [EnableTransactionMode](#enabletransactionmode-method-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) method. While a channel is in transaction mode, all messages published and acknowledgements sent over it will be part of a transaction, and the server will wait to process them until the transaction is either committed or rolled back.

Channels can be put in publish confirmations mode using the [EnablePublishConfirms](#enablepublishconfirms-method-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) method. While a channel is in publish confirmations mode, the server will acknowledge each message published by the class. The class will wait to fire the [MessageOut](#messageout-event-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) event until it receives this acknowledgment. (Note that this mode is only available when the [RabbitMQCompatible](#RabbitMQCompatible) configuration setting is enabled.)

NOTE: Switching a channel to transaction or publish confirmations mode is a permanent action; the channel will then remain in that mode for the remainder of its lifetime.

The *$channelindex* parameter specifies the index of the item in the array. The size of the array is controlled by the [ChannelCount](#channelcount-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) property.

This property is read-only and not available at design time.

## Data Type

Integer

# ChannelName Property ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

The name of the channel.

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function getChannelName($channelindex);
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_get($res, 9 , $channelindex);
```

## Default Value

''

## Remarks

The name of the channel.

This property reflects the name of the channel.

The *$channelindex* parameter specifies the index of the item in the array. The size of the array is controlled by the [ChannelCount](#channelcount-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) property.

This property is read-only and not available at design time.

## Data Type

String

# ChannelReadyToSend Property ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

Whether the channel is ready to send a message.

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function getChannelReadyToSend($channelindex);
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_get($res, 10 , $channelindex);
```

## Default Value

true

## Remarks

Whether the channel is ready to send a message.

This property reflects whether the channel is currently ready to send a message or not.

The *$channelindex* parameter specifies the index of the item in the array. The size of the array is controlled by the [ChannelCount](#channelcount-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) property.

This property is read-only and not available at design time.

## Data Type

Boolean

# ClientPropertyCount Property ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

The number of records in the ClientProperty arrays.

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function getClientPropertyCount();
public function setClientPropertyCount($value);
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_get($res, 11 );
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_set($res, 11, $value );
```

## Default Value

0

## Remarks

This property controls the size of the following arrays:

- [ClientPropertyName](#clientpropertyname-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class)
- [ClientPropertyValue](#clientpropertyvalue-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class)
- [ClientPropertyValueType](#clientpropertyvaluetype-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class)

The array indices start at *0* and end at *ClientPropertyCount - 1*.

This property is not available at design time.

## Data Type

Integer

# ClientPropertyName Property ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

The table property's name.

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function getClientPropertyName($clientpropertyindex);
public function setClientPropertyName($clientpropertyindex, $value);
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_get($res, 12 , $clientpropertyindex);
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_set($res, 12, $value , $clientpropertyindex);
```

## Default Value

''

## Remarks

The table field's name.

This property specifies the table field's name. The name must be an ASCII string that:

- Starts with an ASCII letter, *$*, or *$* character.
- Only contains ASCII letters, digits, underscores, *$*, and *$* characters.
- Is unique among all sibling table field [ClientPropertyName](#clientpropertyname-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class)s.
- Is no longer than 128 characters.

The *$clientpropertyindex* parameter specifies the index of the item in the array. The size of the array is controlled by the [ClientPropertyCount](#clientpropertycount-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) property.

This property is not available at design time.

## Data Type

String

# ClientPropertyValue Property ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

The table property's value.

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function getClientPropertyValue($clientpropertyindex);
public function setClientPropertyValue($clientpropertyindex, $value);
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_get($res, 13 , $clientpropertyindex);
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_set($res, 13, $value , $clientpropertyindex);
```

## Default Value

''

## Remarks

The table field's value.

This property specifies the table field's value.

The *$clientpropertyindex* parameter specifies the index of the item in the array. The size of the array is controlled by the [ClientPropertyCount](#clientpropertycount-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) property.

This property is not available at design time.

## Data Type

String

# ClientPropertyValueType Property ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

The table property's value type.

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function getClientPropertyValueType($clientpropertyindex);
public function setClientPropertyValueType($clientpropertyindex, $value);
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_get($res, 14 , $clientpropertyindex);
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_set($res, 14, $value , $clientpropertyindex);
```

## Possible Values

```text
AMQPCLASSIC_CLIENTPROPERTYVALUETYPE_BOOLEAN(0), AMQPCLASSIC_CLIENTPROPERTYVALUETYPE_BYTE(1), AMQPCLASSIC_CLIENTPROPERTYVALUETYPE_UBYTE(2), AMQPCLASSIC_CLIENTPROPERTYVALUETYPE_SHORT(3), AMQPCLASSIC_CLIENTPROPERTYVALUETYPE_USHORT(4), AMQPCLASSIC_CLIENTPROPERTYVALUETYPE_INT(5), AMQPCLASSIC_CLIENTPROPERTYVALUETYPE_UINT(6), AMQPCLASSIC_CLIENTPROPERTYVALUETYPE_LONG(7), AMQPCLASSIC_CLIENTPROPERTYVALUETYPE_ULONG(8), AMQPCLASSIC_CLIENTPROPERTYVALUETYPE_FLOAT(9), AMQPCLASSIC_CLIENTPROPERTYVALUETYPE_DOUBLE(10), AMQPCLASSIC_CLIENTPROPERTYVALUETYPE_DECIMAL(11), AMQPCLASSIC_CLIENTPROPERTYVALUETYPE_SSTRING(12), AMQPCLASSIC_CLIENTPROPERTYVALUETYPE_STRING(13), AMQPCLASSIC_CLIENTPROPERTYVALUETYPE_ARRAY(14), AMQPCLASSIC_CLIENTPROPERTYVALUETYPE_TIMESTAMP(15), AMQPCLASSIC_CLIENTPROPERTYVALUETYPE_TABLE(16), AMQPCLASSIC_CLIENTPROPERTYVALUETYPE_NULL(17)
```

## Default Value

17

## Remarks

The table field's value type.

This property specifies the table field's value type (and thus, the format of the data in the [ClientPropertyValue](#clientpropertyvalue-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) property). Acceptable value types are:

| Value Type | JSON Value Type | Description | Value Format |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
| fvtBoolean (0) | boolean | Boolean | "True" or "False" |
| fvtByte (1) | byte | Byte | -128 to 127 |
| fvtUbyte (2) | ubyte | Unsigned byte | 0 to 255 |
| fvtShort (3) | short | Short | -32768 to 32767 |
| fvtUshort (4) | ushort | Unsigned short | 0 to 65535 |
| fvtInt (5) | int | Integer | -2147483648 to 2147483647 |
| fvtUint (6) | uint | Unsigned integer | 0 to 4294967295 |
| fvtLong (7) | long | Long | -9223372036854775808 to 9223372036854775807 |
| fvtUlong (8) | ulong | Unsigned long | 0 to 18446744073709551615 |
| fvtFloat (9) | float | Float | IEEE 754 32-bit floating point number |
| fvtDouble (10) | double | Double | IEEE 754 64-bit floating point number |
| fvtDecimal (11) | decimal | Decimal | Hex-encoded byte string |
| fvtSstring (12) | sstring | Short string | UTF-8 string data, limited to 255 bytes; may not contain null bytes (\0) |
| fvtString (13) | string | String | String data |
| fvtArray (14) | array | Array | JSON array of type-value pairs |
| fvtTimestamp (15) | timestamp | Timestamp | Number of milliseconds since the Unix epoch (January 1, 1970 00:00:00 UTC) |
| fvtTable (16) | table | Table | JSON object containing name-type-value tuples |
| fvtNull (17 - default) | null | Null | N/A ([ClientPropertyValue](#clientpropertyvalue-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) is ignored) |

NOTE: The *fvtUlong (8)* and *fvtSstring (12)* value types are not supported when the [RabbitMQCompatible](#RabbitMQCompatible) configuration setting is enabled.

For the *fvtArray (14)* value type, the [ClientPropertyValue](#clientpropertyvalue-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) should be specified as a JSON array of type-value pairs; for example:

```text
[
  { "type": "int", "value": 23 },
  { "type": "int", "value": -52 },
  { "type": "int", "value": 153325 }
]
```

For the *fvtTable (16)* value type, the [ClientPropertyValue](#clientpropertyvalue-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) should be specified as a JSON object containing name-type-value tuples; for example:

```text
{
  { "name": "Test1", "type": "long", "value": 12345678901234 },
  { "name": "Test2", "type": "boolean", "value": "false" },
  { "name": "Test3", "type": "string", "value": "This is a test." }
}
```

Notes regarding *fvtArray (14)* and *fvtTable (16)* type [ClientPropertyValue](#clientpropertyvalue-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class)s:

- All "type" fields in the JSON content must be set to one of the value types in the table above.
- For *fvtTable (16)* type [ClientPropertyValue](#clientpropertyvalue-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class)s, all "name" fields must adhere to the rules described by the [ClientPropertyKey](#AMQPClassic_p_ClientPropertyKey) documentation.
- Nesting and mixing multiple levels of arrays and tables in the JSON is allowed.

The *$clientpropertyindex* parameter specifies the index of the item in the array. The size of the array is controlled by the [ClientPropertyCount](#clientpropertycount-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) property.

This property is not available at design time.

## Data Type

Integer

# Connected Property ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

This property indicates whether the class is connected.

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function getConnected();
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_get($res, 15 );
```

## Default Value

false

## Remarks

This property indicates whether the class is connected to the remote host. Use the [Connect](#connect-method-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) and [Disconnect](#disconnect-method-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) methods to manage the connection.

This property is read-only and not available at design time.

## Data Type

Boolean

# FirewallAutoDetect Property ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

Whether to automatically detect and use firewall system settings, if available.

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function getFirewallAutoDetect();
public function setFirewallAutoDetect($value);
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_get($res, 16 );
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_set($res, 16, $value );
```

## Default Value

false

## Remarks

Whether to automatically detect and use firewall system settings, if available.

## Data Type

Boolean

# FirewallType Property ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

The type of firewall to connect through.

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function getFirewallType();
public function setFirewallType($value);
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_get($res, 17 );
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_set($res, 17, $value );
```

## Possible Values

```text
AMQPCLASSIC_FIREWALLTYPE_NONE(0), AMQPCLASSIC_FIREWALLTYPE_TUNNEL(1), AMQPCLASSIC_FIREWALLTYPE_SOCKS4(2), AMQPCLASSIC_FIREWALLTYPE_SOCKS5(3), AMQPCLASSIC_FIREWALLTYPE_SOCKS4A(10)
```

## Default Value

0

## Remarks

The type of firewall to connect through. The applicable values are as follows:

|  |  |
| --- | --- |
| fwNone (0) | No firewall (default setting). |
| fwTunnel (1) | Connect through a tunneling proxy. [FirewallPort](#firewallport-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) is set to 80. |
| fwSOCKS4 (2) | Connect through a SOCKS4 Proxy. [FirewallPort](#firewallport-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) is set to 1080. |
| fwSOCKS5 (3) | Connect through a SOCKS5 Proxy. [FirewallPort](#firewallport-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) is set to 1080. |
| fwSOCKS4A (10) | Connect through a SOCKS4A Proxy. [FirewallPort](#firewallport-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) is set to 1080. |

## Data Type

Integer

# FirewallHost Property ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

The name or IP address of the firewall (optional).

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function getFirewallHost();
public function setFirewallHost($value);
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_get($res, 18 );
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_set($res, 18, $value );
```

## Default Value

''

## Remarks

The name or IP address of the firewall (optional). If a [FirewallHost](#firewallhost-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) is given, the requested connections will be authenticated through the specified firewall when connecting.

If this property is set to a Domain Name, a DNS request is initiated. Upon successful termination of the request, this property is set to the corresponding address. If the search is not successful, the class fails with an error.

## Data Type

String

# FirewallPassword Property ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

A password if authentication is to be used when connecting through the firewall.

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function getFirewallPassword();
public function setFirewallPassword($value);
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_get($res, 19 );
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_set($res, 19, $value );
```

## Default Value

''

## Remarks

A password if authentication is to be used when connecting through the firewall. If [FirewallHost](#firewallhost-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) is specified, the [FirewallUser](#firewalluser-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) and [FirewallPassword](#firewallpassword-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) properties are used to connect and authenticate to the given firewall. If the authentication fails, the class fails with an error.

## Data Type

String

# FirewallPort Property ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

The Transmission Control Protocol (TCP) port for the firewall Host .

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function getFirewallPort();
public function setFirewallPort($value);
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_get($res, 20 );
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_set($res, 20, $value );
```

## Default Value

0

## Remarks

The Transmission Control Protocol (TCP) port for the firewall [FirewallHost](#firewallhost-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class). See the description of the [FirewallHost](#firewallhost-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) property for details.

NOTE: This property is set automatically when [FirewallType](#firewalltype-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) is set to a valid value. See the description of the [FirewallType](#firewalltype-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) property for details.

## Data Type

Integer

# FirewallUser Property ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

A username if authentication is to be used when connecting through a firewall.

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function getFirewallUser();
public function setFirewallUser($value);
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_get($res, 21 );
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_set($res, 21, $value );
```

## Default Value

''

## Remarks

A username if authentication is to be used when connecting through a firewall. If [FirewallHost](#firewallhost-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) is specified, this property and the [FirewallPassword](#firewallpassword-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) property are used to connect and authenticate to the given [Firewall](#Type_Firewall). If the authentication fails, the class fails with an error.

## Data Type

String

# Heartbeat Property ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

The heartbeat timeout value.

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function getHeartbeat();
public function setHeartbeat($value);
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_get($res, 22 );
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_set($res, 22, $value );
```

## Default Value

0

## Remarks

This property specifies the heartbeat timeout value, in seconds. Heartbeats are disabled if set to 0 (default).

Before connecting, this property can be set to indicate the desired heartbeat timeout value. During the connection process, the class and the server will compare their desired heartbeat values and choose the lower one.

Once connected, this property will reflect the agreed-upon heartbeat value. While the connection is idle, heartbeats are sent by both the class and the server approximately once every (Heartbeat / 2) seconds. If either side has not received a heartbeat (or other transmission) for ~Heartbeat seconds, it will consider the other side unreachable and close the connection.

This setting cannot be changed while connected.

This property is not available at design time.

## Data Type

Integer

# IncomingMessageCount Property ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

The number of records in the IncomingMessage arrays.

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function getIncomingMessageCount();
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_get($res, 23 );
```

## Default Value

0

## Remarks

This property controls the size of the following arrays:

- [IncomingMessageAppId](#incomingmessageappid-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class)
- [IncomingMessageBody](#incomingmessagebody-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class)
- [IncomingMessageChannelName](#incomingmessagechannelname-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class)
- [IncomingMessageContentEncoding](#incomingmessagecontentencoding-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class)
- [IncomingMessageContentType](#incomingmessagecontenttype-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class)
- [IncomingMessageCorrelationId](#incomingmessagecorrelationid-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class)
- [IncomingMessageDeliveryMode](#incomingmessagedeliverymode-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class)
- [IncomingMessageExpiration](#incomingmessageexpiration-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class)
- [IncomingMessageHeaders](#incomingmessageheaders-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class)
- [IncomingMessageId](#incomingmessageid-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class)
- [IncomingMessageMessageType](#incomingmessagemessagetype-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class)
- [IncomingMessagePriority](#incomingmessagepriority-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class)
- [IncomingMessageReplyTo](#incomingmessagereplyto-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class)
- [IncomingMessageTimestamp](#incomingmessagetimestamp-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class)
- [IncomingMessageUserId](#incomingmessageuserid-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class)

The array indices start at *0* and end at *IncomingMessageCount - 1*.

This property is read-only and not available at design time.

## Data Type

Integer

# IncomingMessageAppId Property ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

The Id of the application that created the message.

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function getIncomingMessageAppId($incomingmessageindex);
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_get($res, 24 , $incomingmessageindex);
```

## Default Value

''

## Remarks

The Id of the application that created the message.

This property holds the Id of the application that created the message. It may be empty if the message does not have an application Id set.

This value must be specified as a string no longer than 255 characters.

The *$incomingmessageindex* parameter specifies the index of the item in the array. The size of the array is controlled by the [IncomingMessageCount](#incomingmessagecount-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) property.

This property is read-only and not available at design time.

## Data Type

String

# IncomingMessageBody Property ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

The message body.

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function getIncomingMessageBody($incomingmessageindex);
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_get($res, 25 , $incomingmessageindex);
```

## Default Value

''

## Remarks

The message body.

This property holds the body of the message. It may be empty.

The *$incomingmessageindex* parameter specifies the index of the item in the array. The size of the array is controlled by the [IncomingMessageCount](#incomingmessagecount-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) property.

This property is read-only and not available at design time.

## Data Type

Binary String

# IncomingMessageChannelName Property ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

The name of the channel the message is associated with.

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function getIncomingMessageChannelName($incomingmessageindex);
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_get($res, 26 , $incomingmessageindex);
```

## Default Value

''

## Remarks

The name of the channel the message is associated with.

This property reflects the name of the channel which the message is associated with; it is populated automatically by the class.

The *$incomingmessageindex* parameter specifies the index of the item in the array. The size of the array is controlled by the [IncomingMessageCount](#incomingmessagecount-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) property.

This property is read-only and not available at design time.

## Data Type

String

# IncomingMessageContentEncoding Property ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

The content encoding of the message's body.

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function getIncomingMessageContentEncoding($incomingmessageindex);
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_get($res, 27 , $incomingmessageindex);
```

## Default Value

''

## Remarks

The content encoding of the message's body.

This property holds the content encoding of the message's body. It may be empty if the message does not have a content encoding set.

This value must be specified as a string no longer than 255 characters.

The *$incomingmessageindex* parameter specifies the index of the item in the array. The size of the array is controlled by the [IncomingMessageCount](#incomingmessagecount-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) property.

This property is read-only and not available at design time.

## Data Type

String

# IncomingMessageContentType Property ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

The content type (MIME type) of the message's body.

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function getIncomingMessageContentType($incomingmessageindex);
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_get($res, 28 , $incomingmessageindex);
```

## Default Value

''

## Remarks

The content type (MIME type) of the message's body.

This property holds the content type (MIME type) of the message's body. It may be empty if the message does not have a content type set.

This value must be specified as a string no longer than 255 characters.

The *$incomingmessageindex* parameter specifies the index of the item in the array. The size of the array is controlled by the [IncomingMessageCount](#incomingmessagecount-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) property.

This property is read-only and not available at design time.

## Data Type

String

# IncomingMessageCorrelationId Property ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

The correlation Id of the message.

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function getIncomingMessageCorrelationId($incomingmessageindex);
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_get($res, 29 , $incomingmessageindex);
```

## Default Value

''

## Remarks

The correlation Id of the message.

This property holds the correlation Id of the message. It may be empty if the message does not have a correlation Id set.

This value must be specified as a string no longer than 255 characters.

The *$incomingmessageindex* parameter specifies the index of the item in the array. The size of the array is controlled by the [IncomingMessageCount](#incomingmessagecount-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) property.

This property is read-only and not available at design time.

## Data Type

String

# IncomingMessageDeliveryMode Property ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

The delivery mode of the message.

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function getIncomingMessageDeliveryMode($incomingmessageindex);
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_get($res, 30 , $incomingmessageindex);
```

## Default Value

0

## Remarks

The delivery mode of the message.

This property holds the delivery mode of the message; possible values are:

- *0*: Unspecified.
- *1*: Non-persistent; the message may be lost if the server encounters an error.
- *2*: Persistent; the message will not be lost, even in case of server errors.

The default is 0, which indicates that the message does not have an explicit delivery mode set.

The *$incomingmessageindex* parameter specifies the index of the item in the array. The size of the array is controlled by the [IncomingMessageCount](#incomingmessagecount-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) property.

This property is read-only and not available at design time.

## Data Type

Integer

# IncomingMessageExpiration Property ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

The time-to-live value for this message.

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function getIncomingMessageExpiration($incomingmessageindex);
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_get($res, 31 , $incomingmessageindex);
```

## Default Value

''

## Remarks

The time-to-live value for this message.

This property specifies the time-to-live (TTL) value, in milliseconds, for this message. It may be -1 if this message does not have a TTL.

The *$incomingmessageindex* parameter specifies the index of the item in the array. The size of the array is controlled by the [IncomingMessageCount](#incomingmessagecount-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) property.

This property is read-only and not available at design time.

## Data Type

String

# IncomingMessageHeaders Property ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

Headers associated with the message.

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function getIncomingMessageHeaders($incomingmessageindex);
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_get($res, 32 , $incomingmessageindex);
```

## Default Value

''

## Remarks

Headers associated with the message.

This property holds additional Headers associated with the message. It may be empty if the message does not have any headers set.

This property must be specified as a JSON object containing name-type-value tuples; for example:

```text
[
  { "name": "Header1", "type": "long", "value": 12345678901234 },
  { "name": "Header2", "type": "boolean", "value": "false" },
  { "name": "Header3", "type": "string", "value": "This is a test." }
]
```

All "name" values must be ASCII strings that:

- Start with an ASCII letter, *$*, or *$* character.
- Only contain ASCII letters, digits, underscores, *$*, and *$* characters.
- Are unique among their siblings.
- Are no longer than 128 characters.

The following table describes all valid "type" values, and how to format the "value" field for each:

| JSON Value Type | Description | Value Format |
| --- | --- | --- |
| boolean | Boolean | "True" or "False" |
| byte | Byte | -128 to 127 |
| ubyte | Unsigned byte | 0 to 255 |
| short | Short | -32768 to 32767 |
| ushort | Unsigned short | 0 to 65535 |
| int | Integer | -2147483648 to 2147483647 |
| uint | Unsigned integer | 0 to 4294967295 |
| long | Long | -9223372036854775808 to 9223372036854775807 |
| ulong | Unsigned long | 0 to 18446744073709551615 |
| float | Float | IEEE 754 32-bit floating point number |
| double | Double | IEEE 754 64-bit floating point number |
| decimal | Decimal | Hex-encoded byte string |
| sstring | Short string | UTF-8 string data, limited to 255 bytes; may not contain null bytes (\0) |
| string | String | String data |
| array | Array | JSON array of type-value pairs |
| timestamp | Timestamp | Number of milliseconds since the Unix epoch (January 1, 1970 00:00:00 UTC) |
| table | Table | JSON object containing name-type-value tuples |
| null | Null | N/A ([IncomingMessageValue](#AMQPClassic_p_IncomingMessageValue) is ignored) |

NOTE: The *ulong* and *sstring* value types are not supported when the [RabbitMQCompatible](#RabbitMQCompatible) configuration setting is enabled.

Headers of the *table* type should be specified in the same manner as shown above, while headers of the *array* type should be specified as a JSON array of type-value pairs; for example:

```text
[
  { "type": "int", "value": 23 },
  { "type": "int", "value": -52 },
  { "type": "int", "value": 153325 }
]
```

Nesting and mixing multiple levels of arrays and tables is allowed.

The *$incomingmessageindex* parameter specifies the index of the item in the array. The size of the array is controlled by the [IncomingMessageCount](#incomingmessagecount-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) property.

This property is read-only and not available at design time.

## Data Type

String

# IncomingMessageId Property ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

The unique Id of the message.

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function getIncomingMessageId($incomingmessageindex);
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_get($res, 33 , $incomingmessageindex);
```

## Default Value

''

## Remarks

The unique Id of the message.

This property holds the unique Id of the message. It may be empty if the message does not have a unique Id.

This value must be specified as a string no longer than 255 characters.

The *$incomingmessageindex* parameter specifies the index of the item in the array. The size of the array is controlled by the [IncomingMessageCount](#incomingmessagecount-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) property.

This property is read-only and not available at design time.

## Data Type

String

# IncomingMessageMessageType Property ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

The message's type.

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function getIncomingMessageMessageType($incomingmessageindex);
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_get($res, 34 , $incomingmessageindex);
```

## Default Value

''

## Remarks

The message's type.

This property holds the type of the message. It may be empty if the message does not have a type set.

This value must be specified as a string no longer than 255 characters.

The *$incomingmessageindex* parameter specifies the index of the item in the array. The size of the array is controlled by the [IncomingMessageCount](#incomingmessagecount-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) property.

This property is read-only and not available at design time.

## Data Type

String

# IncomingMessagePriority Property ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

The priority of the message.

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function getIncomingMessagePriority($incomingmessageindex);
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_get($res, 35 , $incomingmessageindex);
```

## Default Value

0

## Remarks

The priority of the message.

This property holds the priority of the message. Valid priority values are 0-9; any other value causes the message to have unspecified priority when sent.

The *$incomingmessageindex* parameter specifies the index of the item in the array. The size of the array is controlled by the [IncomingMessageCount](#incomingmessagecount-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) property.

This property is read-only and not available at design time.

## Data Type

Integer

# IncomingMessageReplyTo Property ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

The address to send replies to for the message.

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function getIncomingMessageReplyTo($incomingmessageindex);
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_get($res, 36 , $incomingmessageindex);
```

## Default Value

''

## Remarks

The address to send replies to for the message.

This property specifies the address to send replies to for the message. It may be empty if the message does not have a specific reply-to address set.

This value must be specified as a string no longer than 255 characters.

The *$incomingmessageindex* parameter specifies the index of the item in the array. The size of the array is controlled by the [IncomingMessageCount](#incomingmessagecount-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) property.

This property is read-only and not available at design time.

## Data Type

String

# IncomingMessageTimestamp Property ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

The message's timestamp.

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function getIncomingMessageTimestamp($incomingmessageindex);
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_get($res, 37 , $incomingmessageindex);
```

## Default Value

0

## Remarks

The message's timestamp.

This property holds the timestamp of the message, specified as milliseconds since the Unix epoch (January 1, 1970 00:00:00 UTC). It may be less than or equal to 0 (default) if the message does not have a timestamp set.

The *$incomingmessageindex* parameter specifies the index of the item in the array. The size of the array is controlled by the [IncomingMessageCount](#incomingmessagecount-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) property.

This property is read-only and not available at design time.

## Data Type

Long64

# IncomingMessageUserId Property ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

The identity of the user responsible for producing the message.

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function getIncomingMessageUserId($incomingmessageindex);
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_get($res, 38 , $incomingmessageindex);
```

## Default Value

''

## Remarks

The identity of the user responsible for producing the message.

This property specifies the identity of the user responsible for producing the message. It may be empty if no specific user was responsible for creating the message.

A message's user Id *may* be used for verification or authentication by the server and/or the final consumer.

This value must be specified as a string no longer than 255 characters.

The *$incomingmessageindex* parameter specifies the index of the item in the array. The size of the array is controlled by the [IncomingMessageCount](#incomingmessagecount-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) property.

This property is read-only and not available at design time.

## Data Type

String

# LocalHost Property ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

The name of the local host or user-assigned IP interface through which connections are initiated or accepted.

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function getLocalHost();
public function setLocalHost($value);
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_get($res, 39 );
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_set($res, 39, $value );
```

## Default Value

''

## Remarks

This property contains the name of the local host as obtained by the *gethostname()* system call, or if the user has assigned an IP address, the value of that address.

In multihomed hosts (machines with more than one IP interface) setting LocalHost to the IP address of an interface will make the class initiate connections (or accept in the case of server classes) only through that interface. It is recommended to provide an IP address rather than a hostname when setting this property to ensure the desired interface is used.

If the class is connected, the LocalHost property shows the IP address of the interface through which the connection is made in internet dotted format (aaa.bbb.ccc.ddd). In most cases, this is the address of the local host, except for multihomed hosts (machines with more than one IP interface).

NOTE: LocalHost is not persistent. You must always set it in code, and never in the property window.

## Data Type

String

# LocalPort Property ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

The TCP port in the local host where the class binds.

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function getLocalPort();
public function setLocalPort($value);
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_get($res, 40 );
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_set($res, 40, $value );
```

## Default Value

0

## Remarks

This property must be set before a connection is attempted. It instructs the class to bind to a specific port (or communication endpoint) in the local machine.

Setting this property to 0 (default) enables the system to choose an open port at random. The chosen port will be returned by the LocalPort property after the connection is established.

LocalPort cannot be changed once a connection is made. Any attempt to set this property when a connection is active will generate an error.

This property is useful when trying to connect to services that require a trusted port on the client side.

## Data Type

Integer

# MessageAppId Property ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

The Id of the application that created the message.

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function getMessageAppId();
public function setMessageAppId($value);
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_get($res, 41 );
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_set($res, 41, $value );
```

## Default Value

''

## Remarks

The Id of the application that created the message.

This property holds the Id of the application that created the message. It may be empty if the message does not have an application Id set.

This value must be specified as a string no longer than 255 characters.

This property is not available at design time.

## Data Type

String

# MessageBody Property ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

The message body.

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function getMessageBody();
public function setMessageBody($value);
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_get($res, 42 );
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_set($res, 42, $value );
```

## Default Value

''

## Remarks

The message body.

This property holds the body of the message. It may be empty.

This property is not available at design time.

## Data Type

Binary String

# MessageChannelName Property ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

The name of the channel the message is associated with.

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function getMessageChannelName();
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_get($res, 43 );
```

## Default Value

''

## Remarks

The name of the channel the message is associated with.

This property reflects the name of the channel which the message is associated with; it is populated automatically by the class.

This property is read-only and not available at design time.

## Data Type

String

# MessageContentEncoding Property ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

The content encoding of the message's body.

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function getMessageContentEncoding();
public function setMessageContentEncoding($value);
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_get($res, 44 );
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_set($res, 44, $value );
```

## Default Value

''

## Remarks

The content encoding of the message's body.

This property holds the content encoding of the message's body. It may be empty if the message does not have a content encoding set.

This value must be specified as a string no longer than 255 characters.

This property is not available at design time.

## Data Type

String

# MessageContentType Property ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

The content type (MIME type) of the message's body.

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function getMessageContentType();
public function setMessageContentType($value);
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_get($res, 45 );
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_set($res, 45, $value );
```

## Default Value

''

## Remarks

The content type (MIME type) of the message's body.

This property holds the content type (MIME type) of the message's body. It may be empty if the message does not have a content type set.

This value must be specified as a string no longer than 255 characters.

This property is not available at design time.

## Data Type

String

# MessageCorrelationId Property ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

The correlation Id of the message.

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function getMessageCorrelationId();
public function setMessageCorrelationId($value);
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_get($res, 46 );
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_set($res, 46, $value );
```

## Default Value

''

## Remarks

The correlation Id of the message.

This property holds the correlation Id of the message. It may be empty if the message does not have a correlation Id set.

This value must be specified as a string no longer than 255 characters.

This property is not available at design time.

## Data Type

String

# MessageDeliveryMode Property ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

The delivery mode of the message.

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function getMessageDeliveryMode();
public function setMessageDeliveryMode($value);
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_get($res, 47 );
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_set($res, 47, $value );
```

## Default Value

0

## Remarks

The delivery mode of the message.

This property holds the delivery mode of the message; possible values are:

- *0*: Unspecified.
- *1*: Non-persistent; the message may be lost if the server encounters an error.
- *2*: Persistent; the message will not be lost, even in case of server errors.

The default is 0, which indicates that the message does not have an explicit delivery mode set.

This property is not available at design time.

## Data Type

Integer

# MessageExpiration Property ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

The time-to-live value for this message.

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function getMessageExpiration();
public function setMessageExpiration($value);
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_get($res, 48 );
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_set($res, 48, $value );
```

## Default Value

''

## Remarks

The time-to-live value for this message.

This property specifies the time-to-live (TTL) value, in milliseconds, for this message. It may be -1 if this message does not have a TTL.

This property is not available at design time.

## Data Type

String

# MessageHeaders Property ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

Headers associated with the message.

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function getMessageHeaders();
public function setMessageHeaders($value);
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_get($res, 49 );
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_set($res, 49, $value );
```

## Default Value

''

## Remarks

Headers associated with the message.

This property holds additional Headers associated with the message. It may be empty if the message does not have any headers set.

This property must be specified as a JSON object containing name-type-value tuples; for example:

```text
[
  { "name": "Header1", "type": "long", "value": 12345678901234 },
  { "name": "Header2", "type": "boolean", "value": "false" },
  { "name": "Header3", "type": "string", "value": "This is a test." }
]
```

All "name" values must be ASCII strings that:

- Start with an ASCII letter, *$*, or *$* character.
- Only contain ASCII letters, digits, underscores, *$*, and *$* characters.
- Are unique among their siblings.
- Are no longer than 128 characters.

The following table describes all valid "type" values, and how to format the "value" field for each:

| JSON Value Type | Description | Value Format |
| --- | --- | --- |
| boolean | Boolean | "True" or "False" |
| byte | Byte | -128 to 127 |
| ubyte | Unsigned byte | 0 to 255 |
| short | Short | -32768 to 32767 |
| ushort | Unsigned short | 0 to 65535 |
| int | Integer | -2147483648 to 2147483647 |
| uint | Unsigned integer | 0 to 4294967295 |
| long | Long | -9223372036854775808 to 9223372036854775807 |
| ulong | Unsigned long | 0 to 18446744073709551615 |
| float | Float | IEEE 754 32-bit floating point number |
| double | Double | IEEE 754 64-bit floating point number |
| decimal | Decimal | Hex-encoded byte string |
| sstring | Short string | UTF-8 string data, limited to 255 bytes; may not contain null bytes (\0) |
| string | String | String data |
| array | Array | JSON array of type-value pairs |
| timestamp | Timestamp | Number of milliseconds since the Unix epoch (January 1, 1970 00:00:00 UTC) |
| table | Table | JSON object containing name-type-value tuples |
| null | Null | N/A ([MessageValue](#AMQPClassic_p_MessageValue) is ignored) |

NOTE: The *ulong* and *sstring* value types are not supported when the [RabbitMQCompatible](#RabbitMQCompatible) configuration setting is enabled.

Headers of the *table* type should be specified in the same manner as shown above, while headers of the *array* type should be specified as a JSON array of type-value pairs; for example:

```text
[
  { "type": "int", "value": 23 },
  { "type": "int", "value": -52 },
  { "type": "int", "value": 153325 }
]
```

Nesting and mixing multiple levels of arrays and tables is allowed.

This property is not available at design time.

## Data Type

String

# MessageId Property ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

The unique Id of the message.

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function getMessageId();
public function setMessageId($value);
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_get($res, 50 );
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_set($res, 50, $value );
```

## Default Value

''

## Remarks

The unique Id of the message.

This property holds the unique Id of the message. It may be empty if the message does not have a unique Id.

This value must be specified as a string no longer than 255 characters.

This property is not available at design time.

## Data Type

String

# MessageType Property ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

The message's type.

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function getMessageType();
public function setMessageType($value);
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_get($res, 51 );
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_set($res, 51, $value );
```

## Default Value

''

## Remarks

The message's type.

This property holds the type of the message. It may be empty if the message does not have a type set.

This value must be specified as a string no longer than 255 characters.

This property is not available at design time.

## Data Type

String

# MessagePriority Property ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

The priority of the message.

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function getMessagePriority();
public function setMessagePriority($value);
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_get($res, 52 );
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_set($res, 52, $value );
```

## Default Value

0

## Remarks

The priority of the message.

This property holds the priority of the message. Valid priority values are 0-9; any other value causes the message to have unspecified priority when sent.

This property is not available at design time.

## Data Type

Integer

# MessageReplyTo Property ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

The address to send replies to for the message.

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function getMessageReplyTo();
public function setMessageReplyTo($value);
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_get($res, 53 );
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_set($res, 53, $value );
```

## Default Value

''

## Remarks

The address to send replies to for the message.

This property specifies the address to send replies to for the message. It may be empty if the message does not have a specific reply-to address set.

This value must be specified as a string no longer than 255 characters.

This property is not available at design time.

## Data Type

String

# MessageTimestamp Property ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

The message's timestamp.

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function getMessageTimestamp();
public function setMessageTimestamp($value);
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_get($res, 54 );
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_set($res, 54, $value );
```

## Default Value

0

## Remarks

The message's timestamp.

This property holds the timestamp of the message, specified as milliseconds since the Unix epoch (January 1, 1970 00:00:00 UTC). It may be less than or equal to 0 (default) if the message does not have a timestamp set.

This property is not available at design time.

## Data Type

Long64

# MessageUserId Property ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

The identity of the user responsible for producing the message.

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function getMessageUserId();
public function setMessageUserId($value);
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_get($res, 55 );
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_set($res, 55, $value );
```

## Default Value

''

## Remarks

The identity of the user responsible for producing the message.

This property specifies the identity of the user responsible for producing the message. It may be empty if no specific user was responsible for creating the message.

A message's user Id *may* be used for verification or authentication by the server and/or the final consumer.

This value must be specified as a string no longer than 255 characters.

This property is not available at design time.

## Data Type

String

# OutgoingMessageCount Property ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

The number of records in the OutgoingMessage arrays.

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function getOutgoingMessageCount();
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_get($res, 56 );
```

## Default Value

0

## Remarks

This property controls the size of the following arrays:

- [OutgoingMessageAppId](#outgoingmessageappid-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class)
- [OutgoingMessageBody](#outgoingmessagebody-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class)
- [OutgoingMessageChannelName](#outgoingmessagechannelname-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class)
- [OutgoingMessageContentEncoding](#outgoingmessagecontentencoding-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class)
- [OutgoingMessageContentType](#outgoingmessagecontenttype-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class)
- [OutgoingMessageCorrelationId](#outgoingmessagecorrelationid-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class)
- [OutgoingMessageDeliveryMode](#outgoingmessagedeliverymode-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class)
- [OutgoingMessageExpiration](#outgoingmessageexpiration-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class)
- [OutgoingMessageHeaders](#outgoingmessageheaders-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class)
- [OutgoingMessageId](#outgoingmessageid-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class)
- [OutgoingMessageMessageType](#outgoingmessagemessagetype-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class)
- [OutgoingMessagePriority](#outgoingmessagepriority-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class)
- [OutgoingMessageReplyTo](#outgoingmessagereplyto-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class)
- [OutgoingMessageTimestamp](#outgoingmessagetimestamp-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class)
- [OutgoingMessageUserId](#outgoingmessageuserid-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class)

The array indices start at *0* and end at *OutgoingMessageCount - 1*.

This property is read-only and not available at design time.

## Data Type

Integer

# OutgoingMessageAppId Property ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

The Id of the application that created the message.

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function getOutgoingMessageAppId($outgoingmessageindex);
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_get($res, 57 , $outgoingmessageindex);
```

## Default Value

''

## Remarks

The Id of the application that created the message.

This property holds the Id of the application that created the message. It may be empty if the message does not have an application Id set.

This value must be specified as a string no longer than 255 characters.

The *$outgoingmessageindex* parameter specifies the index of the item in the array. The size of the array is controlled by the [OutgoingMessageCount](#outgoingmessagecount-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) property.

This property is read-only and not available at design time.

## Data Type

String

# OutgoingMessageBody Property ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

The message body.

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function getOutgoingMessageBody($outgoingmessageindex);
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_get($res, 58 , $outgoingmessageindex);
```

## Default Value

''

## Remarks

The message body.

This property holds the body of the message. It may be empty.

The *$outgoingmessageindex* parameter specifies the index of the item in the array. The size of the array is controlled by the [OutgoingMessageCount](#outgoingmessagecount-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) property.

This property is read-only and not available at design time.

## Data Type

Binary String

# OutgoingMessageChannelName Property ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

The name of the channel the message is associated with.

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function getOutgoingMessageChannelName($outgoingmessageindex);
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_get($res, 59 , $outgoingmessageindex);
```

## Default Value

''

## Remarks

The name of the channel the message is associated with.

This property reflects the name of the channel which the message is associated with; it is populated automatically by the class.

The *$outgoingmessageindex* parameter specifies the index of the item in the array. The size of the array is controlled by the [OutgoingMessageCount](#outgoingmessagecount-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) property.

This property is read-only and not available at design time.

## Data Type

String

# OutgoingMessageContentEncoding Property ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

The content encoding of the message's body.

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function getOutgoingMessageContentEncoding($outgoingmessageindex);
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_get($res, 60 , $outgoingmessageindex);
```

## Default Value

''

## Remarks

The content encoding of the message's body.

This property holds the content encoding of the message's body. It may be empty if the message does not have a content encoding set.

This value must be specified as a string no longer than 255 characters.

The *$outgoingmessageindex* parameter specifies the index of the item in the array. The size of the array is controlled by the [OutgoingMessageCount](#outgoingmessagecount-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) property.

This property is read-only and not available at design time.

## Data Type

String

# OutgoingMessageContentType Property ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

The content type (MIME type) of the message's body.

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function getOutgoingMessageContentType($outgoingmessageindex);
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_get($res, 61 , $outgoingmessageindex);
```

## Default Value

''

## Remarks

The content type (MIME type) of the message's body.

This property holds the content type (MIME type) of the message's body. It may be empty if the message does not have a content type set.

This value must be specified as a string no longer than 255 characters.

The *$outgoingmessageindex* parameter specifies the index of the item in the array. The size of the array is controlled by the [OutgoingMessageCount](#outgoingmessagecount-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) property.

This property is read-only and not available at design time.

## Data Type

String

# OutgoingMessageCorrelationId Property ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

The correlation Id of the message.

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function getOutgoingMessageCorrelationId($outgoingmessageindex);
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_get($res, 62 , $outgoingmessageindex);
```

## Default Value

''

## Remarks

The correlation Id of the message.

This property holds the correlation Id of the message. It may be empty if the message does not have a correlation Id set.

This value must be specified as a string no longer than 255 characters.

The *$outgoingmessageindex* parameter specifies the index of the item in the array. The size of the array is controlled by the [OutgoingMessageCount](#outgoingmessagecount-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) property.

This property is read-only and not available at design time.

## Data Type

String

# OutgoingMessageDeliveryMode Property ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

The delivery mode of the message.

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function getOutgoingMessageDeliveryMode($outgoingmessageindex);
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_get($res, 63 , $outgoingmessageindex);
```

## Default Value

0

## Remarks

The delivery mode of the message.

This property holds the delivery mode of the message; possible values are:

- *0*: Unspecified.
- *1*: Non-persistent; the message may be lost if the server encounters an error.
- *2*: Persistent; the message will not be lost, even in case of server errors.

The default is 0, which indicates that the message does not have an explicit delivery mode set.

The *$outgoingmessageindex* parameter specifies the index of the item in the array. The size of the array is controlled by the [OutgoingMessageCount](#outgoingmessagecount-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) property.

This property is read-only and not available at design time.

## Data Type

Integer

# OutgoingMessageExpiration Property ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

The time-to-live value for this message.

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function getOutgoingMessageExpiration($outgoingmessageindex);
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_get($res, 64 , $outgoingmessageindex);
```

## Default Value

''

## Remarks

The time-to-live value for this message.

This property specifies the time-to-live (TTL) value, in milliseconds, for this message. It may be -1 if this message does not have a TTL.

The *$outgoingmessageindex* parameter specifies the index of the item in the array. The size of the array is controlled by the [OutgoingMessageCount](#outgoingmessagecount-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) property.

This property is read-only and not available at design time.

## Data Type

String

# OutgoingMessageHeaders Property ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

Headers associated with the message.

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function getOutgoingMessageHeaders($outgoingmessageindex);
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_get($res, 65 , $outgoingmessageindex);
```

## Default Value

''

## Remarks

Headers associated with the message.

This property holds additional Headers associated with the message. It may be empty if the message does not have any headers set.

This property must be specified as a JSON object containing name-type-value tuples; for example:

```text
[
  { "name": "Header1", "type": "long", "value": 12345678901234 },
  { "name": "Header2", "type": "boolean", "value": "false" },
  { "name": "Header3", "type": "string", "value": "This is a test." }
]
```

All "name" values must be ASCII strings that:

- Start with an ASCII letter, *$*, or *$* character.
- Only contain ASCII letters, digits, underscores, *$*, and *$* characters.
- Are unique among their siblings.
- Are no longer than 128 characters.

The following table describes all valid "type" values, and how to format the "value" field for each:

| JSON Value Type | Description | Value Format |
| --- | --- | --- |
| boolean | Boolean | "True" or "False" |
| byte | Byte | -128 to 127 |
| ubyte | Unsigned byte | 0 to 255 |
| short | Short | -32768 to 32767 |
| ushort | Unsigned short | 0 to 65535 |
| int | Integer | -2147483648 to 2147483647 |
| uint | Unsigned integer | 0 to 4294967295 |
| long | Long | -9223372036854775808 to 9223372036854775807 |
| ulong | Unsigned long | 0 to 18446744073709551615 |
| float | Float | IEEE 754 32-bit floating point number |
| double | Double | IEEE 754 64-bit floating point number |
| decimal | Decimal | Hex-encoded byte string |
| sstring | Short string | UTF-8 string data, limited to 255 bytes; may not contain null bytes (\0) |
| string | String | String data |
| array | Array | JSON array of type-value pairs |
| timestamp | Timestamp | Number of milliseconds since the Unix epoch (January 1, 1970 00:00:00 UTC) |
| table | Table | JSON object containing name-type-value tuples |
| null | Null | N/A ([OutgoingMessageValue](#AMQPClassic_p_OutgoingMessageValue) is ignored) |

NOTE: The *ulong* and *sstring* value types are not supported when the [RabbitMQCompatible](#RabbitMQCompatible) configuration setting is enabled.

Headers of the *table* type should be specified in the same manner as shown above, while headers of the *array* type should be specified as a JSON array of type-value pairs; for example:

```text
[
  { "type": "int", "value": 23 },
  { "type": "int", "value": -52 },
  { "type": "int", "value": 153325 }
]
```

Nesting and mixing multiple levels of arrays and tables is allowed.

The *$outgoingmessageindex* parameter specifies the index of the item in the array. The size of the array is controlled by the [OutgoingMessageCount](#outgoingmessagecount-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) property.

This property is read-only and not available at design time.

## Data Type

String

# OutgoingMessageId Property ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

The unique Id of the message.

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function getOutgoingMessageId($outgoingmessageindex);
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_get($res, 66 , $outgoingmessageindex);
```

## Default Value

''

## Remarks

The unique Id of the message.

This property holds the unique Id of the message. It may be empty if the message does not have a unique Id.

This value must be specified as a string no longer than 255 characters.

The *$outgoingmessageindex* parameter specifies the index of the item in the array. The size of the array is controlled by the [OutgoingMessageCount](#outgoingmessagecount-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) property.

This property is read-only and not available at design time.

## Data Type

String

# OutgoingMessageMessageType Property ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

The message's type.

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function getOutgoingMessageMessageType($outgoingmessageindex);
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_get($res, 67 , $outgoingmessageindex);
```

## Default Value

''

## Remarks

The message's type.

This property holds the type of the message. It may be empty if the message does not have a type set.

This value must be specified as a string no longer than 255 characters.

The *$outgoingmessageindex* parameter specifies the index of the item in the array. The size of the array is controlled by the [OutgoingMessageCount](#outgoingmessagecount-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) property.

This property is read-only and not available at design time.

## Data Type

String

# OutgoingMessagePriority Property ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

The priority of the message.

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function getOutgoingMessagePriority($outgoingmessageindex);
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_get($res, 68 , $outgoingmessageindex);
```

## Default Value

0

## Remarks

The priority of the message.

This property holds the priority of the message. Valid priority values are 0-9; any other value causes the message to have unspecified priority when sent.

The *$outgoingmessageindex* parameter specifies the index of the item in the array. The size of the array is controlled by the [OutgoingMessageCount](#outgoingmessagecount-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) property.

This property is read-only and not available at design time.

## Data Type

Integer

# OutgoingMessageReplyTo Property ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

The address to send replies to for the message.

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function getOutgoingMessageReplyTo($outgoingmessageindex);
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_get($res, 69 , $outgoingmessageindex);
```

## Default Value

''

## Remarks

The address to send replies to for the message.

This property specifies the address to send replies to for the message. It may be empty if the message does not have a specific reply-to address set.

This value must be specified as a string no longer than 255 characters.

The *$outgoingmessageindex* parameter specifies the index of the item in the array. The size of the array is controlled by the [OutgoingMessageCount](#outgoingmessagecount-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) property.

This property is read-only and not available at design time.

## Data Type

String

# OutgoingMessageTimestamp Property ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

The message's timestamp.

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function getOutgoingMessageTimestamp($outgoingmessageindex);
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_get($res, 70 , $outgoingmessageindex);
```

## Default Value

0

## Remarks

The message's timestamp.

This property holds the timestamp of the message, specified as milliseconds since the Unix epoch (January 1, 1970 00:00:00 UTC). It may be less than or equal to 0 (default) if the message does not have a timestamp set.

The *$outgoingmessageindex* parameter specifies the index of the item in the array. The size of the array is controlled by the [OutgoingMessageCount](#outgoingmessagecount-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) property.

This property is read-only and not available at design time.

## Data Type

Long64

# OutgoingMessageUserId Property ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

The identity of the user responsible for producing the message.

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function getOutgoingMessageUserId($outgoingmessageindex);
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_get($res, 71 , $outgoingmessageindex);
```

## Default Value

''

## Remarks

The identity of the user responsible for producing the message.

This property specifies the identity of the user responsible for producing the message. It may be empty if no specific user was responsible for creating the message.

A message's user Id *may* be used for verification or authentication by the server and/or the final consumer.

This value must be specified as a string no longer than 255 characters.

The *$outgoingmessageindex* parameter specifies the index of the item in the array. The size of the array is controlled by the [OutgoingMessageCount](#outgoingmessagecount-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) property.

This property is read-only and not available at design time.

## Data Type

String

# Password Property ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

A password to use for SASL authentication.

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function getPassword();
public function setPassword($value);
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_get($res, 72 );
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_set($res, 72, $value );
```

## Default Value

''

## Remarks

This property contains a password to use for SASL authentication.

This property is not available at design time.

## Data Type

String

# QueueMessageCount Property ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

The message count returned by various queue operations.

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function getQueueMessageCount();
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_get($res, 73 );
```

## Default Value

0

## Remarks

This property is populated with a message count after calling certain queue-related methods.

| After calling... | This property will reflect... |
| --- | --- |
| [DeclareQueue](#declarequeue-method-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | The number of messages currently in the queue. |
| [PurgeQueue](#purgequeue-method-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | The number of messages purged from the queue. |
| [DeleteQueue](#deletequeue-method-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) | THe number of messages deleted along with the queue. |

This property is read-only and not available at design time.

## Data Type

Integer

# ReceivedMessageAppId Property ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

The Id of the application that created the message.

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function getReceivedMessageAppId();
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_get($res, 74 );
```

## Default Value

''

## Remarks

The Id of the application that created the message.

This property holds the Id of the application that created the message. It may be empty if the message does not have an application Id set.

This value must be specified as a string no longer than 255 characters.

This property is read-only and not available at design time.

## Data Type

String

# ReceivedMessageBody Property ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

The message body.

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function getReceivedMessageBody();
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_get($res, 75 );
```

## Default Value

''

## Remarks

The message body.

This property holds the body of the message. It may be empty.

This property is read-only and not available at design time.

## Data Type

Binary String

# ReceivedMessageChannelName Property ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

The name of the channel the message is associated with.

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function getReceivedMessageChannelName();
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_get($res, 76 );
```

## Default Value

''

## Remarks

The name of the channel the message is associated with.

This property reflects the name of the channel which the message is associated with; it is populated automatically by the class.

This property is read-only and not available at design time.

## Data Type

String

# ReceivedMessageContentEncoding Property ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

The content encoding of the message's body.

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function getReceivedMessageContentEncoding();
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_get($res, 77 );
```

## Default Value

''

## Remarks

The content encoding of the message's body.

This property holds the content encoding of the message's body. It may be empty if the message does not have a content encoding set.

This value must be specified as a string no longer than 255 characters.

This property is read-only and not available at design time.

## Data Type

String

# ReceivedMessageContentType Property ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

The content type (MIME type) of the message's body.

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function getReceivedMessageContentType();
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_get($res, 78 );
```

## Default Value

''

## Remarks

The content type (MIME type) of the message's body.

This property holds the content type (MIME type) of the message's body. It may be empty if the message does not have a content type set.

This value must be specified as a string no longer than 255 characters.

This property is read-only and not available at design time.

## Data Type

String

# ReceivedMessageCorrelationId Property ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

The correlation Id of the message.

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function getReceivedMessageCorrelationId();
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_get($res, 79 );
```

## Default Value

''

## Remarks

The correlation Id of the message.

This property holds the correlation Id of the message. It may be empty if the message does not have a correlation Id set.

This value must be specified as a string no longer than 255 characters.

This property is read-only and not available at design time.

## Data Type

String

# ReceivedMessageDeliveryMode Property ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

The delivery mode of the message.

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function getReceivedMessageDeliveryMode();
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_get($res, 80 );
```

## Default Value

0

## Remarks

The delivery mode of the message.

This property holds the delivery mode of the message; possible values are:

- *0*: Unspecified.
- *1*: Non-persistent; the message may be lost if the server encounters an error.
- *2*: Persistent; the message will not be lost, even in case of server errors.

The default is 0, which indicates that the message does not have an explicit delivery mode set.

This property is read-only and not available at design time.

## Data Type

Integer

# ReceivedMessageExpiration Property ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

The time-to-live value for this message.

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function getReceivedMessageExpiration();
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_get($res, 81 );
```

## Default Value

''

## Remarks

The time-to-live value for this message.

This property specifies the time-to-live (TTL) value, in milliseconds, for this message. It may be -1 if this message does not have a TTL.

This property is read-only and not available at design time.

## Data Type

String

# ReceivedMessageHeaders Property ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

Headers associated with the message.

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function getReceivedMessageHeaders();
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_get($res, 82 );
```

## Default Value

''

## Remarks

Headers associated with the message.

This property holds additional Headers associated with the message. It may be empty if the message does not have any headers set.

This property must be specified as a JSON object containing name-type-value tuples; for example:

```text
[
  { "name": "Header1", "type": "long", "value": 12345678901234 },
  { "name": "Header2", "type": "boolean", "value": "false" },
  { "name": "Header3", "type": "string", "value": "This is a test." }
]
```

All "name" values must be ASCII strings that:

- Start with an ASCII letter, *$*, or *$* character.
- Only contain ASCII letters, digits, underscores, *$*, and *$* characters.
- Are unique among their siblings.
- Are no longer than 128 characters.

The following table describes all valid "type" values, and how to format the "value" field for each:

| JSON Value Type | Description | Value Format |
| --- | --- | --- |
| boolean | Boolean | "True" or "False" |
| byte | Byte | -128 to 127 |
| ubyte | Unsigned byte | 0 to 255 |
| short | Short | -32768 to 32767 |
| ushort | Unsigned short | 0 to 65535 |
| int | Integer | -2147483648 to 2147483647 |
| uint | Unsigned integer | 0 to 4294967295 |
| long | Long | -9223372036854775808 to 9223372036854775807 |
| ulong | Unsigned long | 0 to 18446744073709551615 |
| float | Float | IEEE 754 32-bit floating point number |
| double | Double | IEEE 754 64-bit floating point number |
| decimal | Decimal | Hex-encoded byte string |
| sstring | Short string | UTF-8 string data, limited to 255 bytes; may not contain null bytes (\0) |
| string | String | String data |
| array | Array | JSON array of type-value pairs |
| timestamp | Timestamp | Number of milliseconds since the Unix epoch (January 1, 1970 00:00:00 UTC) |
| table | Table | JSON object containing name-type-value tuples |
| null | Null | N/A ([ReceivedMessageValue](#AMQPClassic_p_ReceivedMessageValue) is ignored) |

NOTE: The *ulong* and *sstring* value types are not supported when the [RabbitMQCompatible](#RabbitMQCompatible) configuration setting is enabled.

Headers of the *table* type should be specified in the same manner as shown above, while headers of the *array* type should be specified as a JSON array of type-value pairs; for example:

```text
[
  { "type": "int", "value": 23 },
  { "type": "int", "value": -52 },
  { "type": "int", "value": 153325 }
]
```

Nesting and mixing multiple levels of arrays and tables is allowed.

This property is read-only and not available at design time.

## Data Type

String

# ReceivedMessageId Property ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

The unique Id of the message.

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function getReceivedMessageId();
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_get($res, 83 );
```

## Default Value

''

## Remarks

The unique Id of the message.

This property holds the unique Id of the message. It may be empty if the message does not have a unique Id.

This value must be specified as a string no longer than 255 characters.

This property is read-only and not available at design time.

## Data Type

String

# ReceivedMessageMessageType Property ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

The message's type.

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function getReceivedMessageMessageType();
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_get($res, 84 );
```

## Default Value

''

## Remarks

The message's type.

This property holds the type of the message. It may be empty if the message does not have a type set.

This value must be specified as a string no longer than 255 characters.

This property is read-only and not available at design time.

## Data Type

String

# ReceivedMessagePriority Property ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

The priority of the message.

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function getReceivedMessagePriority();
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_get($res, 85 );
```

## Default Value

0

## Remarks

The priority of the message.

This property holds the priority of the message. Valid priority values are 0-9; any other value causes the message to have unspecified priority when sent.

This property is read-only and not available at design time.

## Data Type

Integer

# ReceivedMessageReplyTo Property ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

The address to send replies to for the message.

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function getReceivedMessageReplyTo();
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_get($res, 86 );
```

## Default Value

''

## Remarks

The address to send replies to for the message.

This property specifies the address to send replies to for the message. It may be empty if the message does not have a specific reply-to address set.

This value must be specified as a string no longer than 255 characters.

This property is read-only and not available at design time.

## Data Type

String

# ReceivedMessageTimestamp Property ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

The message's timestamp.

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function getReceivedMessageTimestamp();
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_get($res, 87 );
```

## Default Value

0

## Remarks

The message's timestamp.

This property holds the timestamp of the message, specified as milliseconds since the Unix epoch (January 1, 1970 00:00:00 UTC). It may be less than or equal to 0 (default) if the message does not have a timestamp set.

This property is read-only and not available at design time.

## Data Type

Long64

# ReceivedMessageUserId Property ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

The identity of the user responsible for producing the message.

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function getReceivedMessageUserId();
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_get($res, 88 );
```

## Default Value

''

## Remarks

The identity of the user responsible for producing the message.

This property specifies the identity of the user responsible for producing the message. It may be empty if no specific user was responsible for creating the message.

A message's user Id *may* be used for verification or authentication by the server and/or the final consumer.

This value must be specified as a string no longer than 255 characters.

This property is read-only and not available at design time.

## Data Type

String

# RemoteHost Property ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

This property includes the address of the remote host. Domain names are resolved to IP addresses.

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function getRemoteHost();
public function setRemoteHost($value);
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_get($res, 89 );
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_set($res, 89, $value );
```

## Default Value

''

## Remarks

This property specifies the IP address (IP number in dotted internet format) or the domain name of the remote host. It is set before a connection is attempted and cannot be changed once a connection is established.

If this property is set to a domain name, a DNS request is initiated, and upon successful termination of the request, this property is set to the corresponding address. If the search is not successful, an error is returned.

If the class is configured to use a *SOCKS* firewall, the value assigned to this property may be preceded with an "*". If this is the case, the host name is passed to the firewall unresolved and the firewall performs the DNS resolution.

**Example. Connecting:**

```text
TCPClientControl.RemoteHost = "MyHostNameOrIP"
TCPClientControl.RemotePort = 777
TCPClientControl.Connected = true
```

## Data Type

String

# RemotePort Property ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

The port of the AMQP server (default is 5672). The default port for SSL is 5671.

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function getRemotePort();
public function setRemotePort($value);
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_get($res, 90 );
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_set($res, 90, $value );
```

## Default Value

5672

## Remarks

This property specifies a service port on the remote host to connect to.

A valid port number (a value between 1 and 65535) is required for the connection to take place. The property must be set before a connection is attempted and cannot be changed once a connection is established. Any attempt to change this property while connected will fail with an error.

This property is not available at design time.

## Data Type

Integer

# ServerPropertyCount Property ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

The number of records in the ServerProperty arrays.

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function getServerPropertyCount();
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_get($res, 91 );
```

## Default Value

0

## Remarks

This property controls the size of the following arrays:

- [ServerPropertyName](#serverpropertyname-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class)
- [ServerPropertyValue](#serverpropertyvalue-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class)
- [ServerPropertyValueType](#serverpropertyvaluetype-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class)

The array indices start at *0* and end at *ServerPropertyCount - 1*.

This property is read-only and not available at design time.

## Data Type

Integer

# ServerPropertyName Property ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

The table property's name.

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function getServerPropertyName($serverpropertyindex);
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_get($res, 92 , $serverpropertyindex);
```

## Default Value

''

## Remarks

The table field's name.

This property specifies the table field's name. The name must be an ASCII string that:

- Starts with an ASCII letter, *$*, or *$* character.
- Only contains ASCII letters, digits, underscores, *$*, and *$* characters.
- Is unique among all sibling table field [ServerPropertyName](#serverpropertyname-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class)s.
- Is no longer than 128 characters.

The *$serverpropertyindex* parameter specifies the index of the item in the array. The size of the array is controlled by the [ServerPropertyCount](#serverpropertycount-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) property.

This property is read-only and not available at design time.

## Data Type

String

# ServerPropertyValue Property ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

The table property's value.

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function getServerPropertyValue($serverpropertyindex);
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_get($res, 93 , $serverpropertyindex);
```

## Default Value

''

## Remarks

The table field's value.

This property specifies the table field's value.

The *$serverpropertyindex* parameter specifies the index of the item in the array. The size of the array is controlled by the [ServerPropertyCount](#serverpropertycount-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) property.

This property is read-only and not available at design time.

## Data Type

String

# ServerPropertyValueType Property ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

The table property's value type.

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function getServerPropertyValueType($serverpropertyindex);
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_get($res, 94 , $serverpropertyindex);
```

## Possible Values

```text
AMQPCLASSIC_SERVERPROPERTYVALUETYPE_BOOLEAN(0), AMQPCLASSIC_SERVERPROPERTYVALUETYPE_BYTE(1), AMQPCLASSIC_SERVERPROPERTYVALUETYPE_UBYTE(2), AMQPCLASSIC_SERVERPROPERTYVALUETYPE_SHORT(3), AMQPCLASSIC_SERVERPROPERTYVALUETYPE_USHORT(4), AMQPCLASSIC_SERVERPROPERTYVALUETYPE_INT(5), AMQPCLASSIC_SERVERPROPERTYVALUETYPE_UINT(6), AMQPCLASSIC_SERVERPROPERTYVALUETYPE_LONG(7), AMQPCLASSIC_SERVERPROPERTYVALUETYPE_ULONG(8), AMQPCLASSIC_SERVERPROPERTYVALUETYPE_FLOAT(9), AMQPCLASSIC_SERVERPROPERTYVALUETYPE_DOUBLE(10), AMQPCLASSIC_SERVERPROPERTYVALUETYPE_DECIMAL(11), AMQPCLASSIC_SERVERPROPERTYVALUETYPE_SSTRING(12), AMQPCLASSIC_SERVERPROPERTYVALUETYPE_STRING(13), AMQPCLASSIC_SERVERPROPERTYVALUETYPE_ARRAY(14), AMQPCLASSIC_SERVERPROPERTYVALUETYPE_TIMESTAMP(15), AMQPCLASSIC_SERVERPROPERTYVALUETYPE_TABLE(16), AMQPCLASSIC_SERVERPROPERTYVALUETYPE_NULL(17)
```

## Default Value

17

## Remarks

The table field's value type.

This property specifies the table field's value type (and thus, the format of the data in the [ServerPropertyValue](#serverpropertyvalue-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) property). Acceptable value types are:

| Value Type | JSON Value Type | Description | Value Format |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
| fvtBoolean (0) | boolean | Boolean | "True" or "False" |
| fvtByte (1) | byte | Byte | -128 to 127 |
| fvtUbyte (2) | ubyte | Unsigned byte | 0 to 255 |
| fvtShort (3) | short | Short | -32768 to 32767 |
| fvtUshort (4) | ushort | Unsigned short | 0 to 65535 |
| fvtInt (5) | int | Integer | -2147483648 to 2147483647 |
| fvtUint (6) | uint | Unsigned integer | 0 to 4294967295 |
| fvtLong (7) | long | Long | -9223372036854775808 to 9223372036854775807 |
| fvtUlong (8) | ulong | Unsigned long | 0 to 18446744073709551615 |
| fvtFloat (9) | float | Float | IEEE 754 32-bit floating point number |
| fvtDouble (10) | double | Double | IEEE 754 64-bit floating point number |
| fvtDecimal (11) | decimal | Decimal | Hex-encoded byte string |
| fvtSstring (12) | sstring | Short string | UTF-8 string data, limited to 255 bytes; may not contain null bytes (\0) |
| fvtString (13) | string | String | String data |
| fvtArray (14) | array | Array | JSON array of type-value pairs |
| fvtTimestamp (15) | timestamp | Timestamp | Number of milliseconds since the Unix epoch (January 1, 1970 00:00:00 UTC) |
| fvtTable (16) | table | Table | JSON object containing name-type-value tuples |
| fvtNull (17 - default) | null | Null | N/A ([ServerPropertyValue](#serverpropertyvalue-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) is ignored) |

NOTE: The *fvtUlong (8)* and *fvtSstring (12)* value types are not supported when the [RabbitMQCompatible](#RabbitMQCompatible) configuration setting is enabled.

For the *fvtArray (14)* value type, the [ServerPropertyValue](#serverpropertyvalue-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) should be specified as a JSON array of type-value pairs; for example:

```text
[
  { "type": "int", "value": 23 },
  { "type": "int", "value": -52 },
  { "type": "int", "value": 153325 }
]
```

For the *fvtTable (16)* value type, the [ServerPropertyValue](#serverpropertyvalue-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) should be specified as a JSON object containing name-type-value tuples; for example:

```text
{
  { "name": "Test1", "type": "long", "value": 12345678901234 },
  { "name": "Test2", "type": "boolean", "value": "false" },
  { "name": "Test3", "type": "string", "value": "This is a test." }
}
```

Notes regarding *fvtArray (14)* and *fvtTable (16)* type [ServerPropertyValue](#serverpropertyvalue-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class)s:

- All "type" fields in the JSON content must be set to one of the value types in the table above.
- For *fvtTable (16)* type [ServerPropertyValue](#serverpropertyvalue-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class)s, all "name" fields must adhere to the rules described by the [ServerPropertyKey](#AMQPClassic_p_ServerPropertyKey) documentation.
- Nesting and mixing multiple levels of arrays and tables in the JSON is allowed.

The *$serverpropertyindex* parameter specifies the index of the item in the array. The size of the array is controlled by the [ServerPropertyCount](#serverpropertycount-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) property.

This property is read-only and not available at design time.

## Data Type

Integer

# SSLAcceptServerCertEffectiveDate Property ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

The date on which this certificate becomes valid.

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function getSSLAcceptServerCertEffectiveDate();
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_get($res, 95 );
```

## Default Value

''

## Remarks

The date on which this certificate becomes valid. Before this date, it is not valid. The date is localized to the system's time zone. The following example illustrates the format of an encoded date:

23-Jan-2000 15:00:00.

This property is read-only.

## Data Type

String

# SSLAcceptServerCertExpirationDate Property ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

The date on which the certificate expires.

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function getSSLAcceptServerCertExpirationDate();
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_get($res, 96 );
```

## Default Value

''

## Remarks

The date on which the certificate expires. After this date, the certificate will no longer be valid. The date is localized to the system's time zone. The following example illustrates the format of an encoded date:

23-Jan-2001 15:00:00.

This property is read-only.

## Data Type

String

# SSLAcceptServerCertExtendedKeyUsage Property ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

A comma-delimited list of extended key usage identifiers.

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function getSSLAcceptServerCertExtendedKeyUsage();
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_get($res, 97 );
```

## Default Value

''

## Remarks

A comma-delimited list of extended key usage identifiers. These are the same as ASN.1 object identifiers (OIDs).

This property is read-only.

## Data Type

String

# SSLAcceptServerCertFingerprint Property ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

The hex-encoded, 16-byte MD5 fingerprint of the certificate.

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function getSSLAcceptServerCertFingerprint();
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_get($res, 98 );
```

## Default Value

''

## Remarks

The hex-encoded, 16-byte MD5 fingerprint of the certificate. This property is primarily used for keys which do not have a corresponding X.509 public certificate, such as PEM keys that only contain a private key. It is commonly used for SSH keys.

The following example illustrates the format: *bc:2a:72:af:fe:58:17:43:7a:5f:ba:5a:7c:90:f7:02*

This property is read-only.

## Data Type

String

# SSLAcceptServerCertFingerprintSHA1 Property ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

The hex-encoded, 20-byte SHA-1 fingerprint of the certificate.

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function getSSLAcceptServerCertFingerprintSHA1();
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_get($res, 99 );
```

## Default Value

''

## Remarks

The hex-encoded, 20-byte SHA-1 fingerprint of the certificate. This property is primarily used for keys which do not have a corresponding X.509 public certificate, such as PEM keys that only contain a private key. It is commonly used for SSH keys.

The following example illustrates the format: *30:7b:fa:38:65:83:ff:da:b4:4e:07:3f:17:b8:a4:ed:80:be:ff:84*

This property is read-only.

## Data Type

String

# SSLAcceptServerCertFingerprintSHA256 Property ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

The hex-encoded, 32-byte SHA-256 fingerprint of the certificate.

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function getSSLAcceptServerCertFingerprintSHA256();
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_get($res, 100 );
```

## Default Value

''

## Remarks

The hex-encoded, 32-byte SHA-256 fingerprint of the certificate. This property is primarily used for keys which do not have a corresponding X.509 public certificate, such as PEM keys that only contain a private key. It is commonly used for SSH keys.

The following example illustrates the format: *6a:80:5c:33:a9:43:ea:b0:96:12:8a:64:96:30:ef:4a:8a:96:86:ce:f4:c7:be:10:24:8e:2b:60:9e:f3:59:53*

This property is read-only.

## Data Type

String

# SSLAcceptServerCertIssuer Property ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

The issuer of the certificate.

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function getSSLAcceptServerCertIssuer();
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_get($res, 101 );
```

## Default Value

''

## Remarks

The issuer of the certificate. This property contains a string representation of the name of the issuing authority for the certificate.

This property is read-only.

## Data Type

String

# SSLAcceptServerCertPrivateKey Property ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

The private key of the certificate (if available).

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function getSSLAcceptServerCertPrivateKey();
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_get($res, 102 );
```

## Default Value

''

## Remarks

The private key of the certificate (if available). The key is provided as PEM/Base64-encoded data.

NOTE: The [SSLAcceptServerCertPrivateKey](#sslacceptservercertprivatekey-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) may be available but not exportable. In this case, [SSLAcceptServerCertPrivateKey](#sslacceptservercertprivatekey-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) returns an empty string.

This property is read-only.

## Data Type

String

# SSLAcceptServerCertPrivateKeyAvailable Property ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

Whether a PrivateKey is available for the selected certificate.

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function getSSLAcceptServerCertPrivateKeyAvailable();
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_get($res, 103 );
```

## Default Value

false

## Remarks

Whether a [SSLAcceptServerCertPrivateKey](#sslacceptservercertprivatekey-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) is available for the selected certificate. If [SSLAcceptServerCertPrivateKeyAvailable](#sslacceptservercertprivatekeyavailable-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) is True, the certificate may be used for authentication purposes (e.g., server authentication).

This property is read-only.

## Data Type

Boolean

# SSLAcceptServerCertPrivateKeyContainer Property ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

The name of the PrivateKey container for the certificate (if available).

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function getSSLAcceptServerCertPrivateKeyContainer();
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_get($res, 104 );
```

## Default Value

''

## Remarks

The name of the [SSLAcceptServerCertPrivateKey](#sslacceptservercertprivatekey-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) container for the certificate (if available). This functionality is available only on Windows platforms.

This property is read-only.

## Data Type

String

# SSLAcceptServerCertPublicKey Property ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

The public key of the certificate.

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function getSSLAcceptServerCertPublicKey();
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_get($res, 105 );
```

## Default Value

''

## Remarks

The public key of the certificate. The key is provided as PEM/Base64-encoded data.

This property is read-only.

## Data Type

String

# SSLAcceptServerCertPublicKeyAlgorithm Property ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

The textual description of the certificate's public key algorithm.

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function getSSLAcceptServerCertPublicKeyAlgorithm();
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_get($res, 106 );
```

## Default Value

''

## Remarks

The textual description of the certificate's public key algorithm. The property contains either the name of the algorithm (e.g., "RSA" or "RSA_DH") or an object identifier (OID) string representing the algorithm.

This property is read-only.

## Data Type

String

# SSLAcceptServerCertPublicKeyLength Property ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

The length of the certificate's public key (in bits).

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function getSSLAcceptServerCertPublicKeyLength();
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_get($res, 107 );
```

## Default Value

0

## Remarks

The length of the certificate's public key (in bits). Common values are 512, 1024, and 2048.

This property is read-only.

## Data Type

Integer

# SSLAcceptServerCertSerialNumber Property ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

The serial number of the certificate encoded as a string.

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function getSSLAcceptServerCertSerialNumber();
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_get($res, 108 );
```

## Default Value

''

## Remarks

The serial number of the certificate encoded as a string. The number is encoded as a series of hexadecimal digits, with each pair representing a byte of the serial number.

This property is read-only.

## Data Type

String

# SSLAcceptServerCertSignatureAlgorithm Property ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

The text description of the certificate's signature algorithm.

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function getSSLAcceptServerCertSignatureAlgorithm();
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_get($res, 109 );
```

## Default Value

''

## Remarks

The text description of the certificate's signature algorithm. The property contains either the name of the algorithm (e.g., "RSA" or "RSA_MD5RSA") or an object identifier (OID) string representing the algorithm.

This property is read-only.

## Data Type

String

# SSLAcceptServerCertStore Property ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

The name of the certificate store for the client certificate.

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function getSSLAcceptServerCertStore();
public function setSSLAcceptServerCertStore($value);
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_get($res, 110 );
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_set($res, 110, $value );
```

## Default Value

'MY'

## Remarks

The name of the certificate store for the client certificate.

The [SSLAcceptServerCertStoreType](#sslacceptservercertstoretype-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) property denotes the type of the certificate store specified by [SSLAcceptServerCertStore](#sslacceptservercertstore-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class). If the store is password-protected, specify the password in [SSLAcceptServerCertStorePassword](#sslacceptservercertstorepassword-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class).

[SSLAcceptServerCertStore](#sslacceptservercertstore-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) is used in conjunction with the [SSLAcceptServerCertSubject](#sslacceptservercertsubject-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) property to specify client certificates. If [SSLAcceptServerCertStore](#sslacceptservercertstore-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) has a value, and [SSLAcceptServerCertSubject](#sslacceptservercertsubject-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) or [SSLAcceptServerCertEncoded](#sslacceptservercertencoded-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) is set, a search for a certificate is initiated. Please see the [SSLAcceptServerCertSubject](#sslacceptservercertsubject-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) property for details.

 Designations of certificate stores are platform dependent.

The following designations are the most common User and Machine certificate stores in Windows:

|  |  |
| --- | --- |
| MY | A certificate store holding personal certificates with their associated private keys. |
| CA | Certifying authority certificates. |
| ROOT | Root certificates. |

When the certificate store type is *cstPFXFile*, this property must be set to the name of the file. When the type is *cstPFXBlob*, the property must be set to the binary contents of a PFX file (i.e., PKCS#12 certificate store).

## Data Type

Binary String

# SSLAcceptServerCertStorePassword Property ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

If the type of certificate store requires a password, this property is used to specify the password needed to open the certificate store.

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function getSSLAcceptServerCertStorePassword();
public function setSSLAcceptServerCertStorePassword($value);
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_get($res, 111 );
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_set($res, 111, $value );
```

## Default Value

''

## Remarks

If the type of certificate store requires a password, this property is used to specify the password needed to open the certificate store.

## Data Type

String

# SSLAcceptServerCertStoreType Property ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

The type of certificate store for this certificate.

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function getSSLAcceptServerCertStoreType();
public function setSSLAcceptServerCertStoreType($value);
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_get($res, 112 );
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_set($res, 112, $value );
```

## Possible Values

```text
AMQPCLASSIC_SSLACCEPTSERVERCERTSTORETYPE_USER(0), AMQPCLASSIC_SSLACCEPTSERVERCERTSTORETYPE_MACHINE(1), AMQPCLASSIC_SSLACCEPTSERVERCERTSTORETYPE_PFXFILE(2), AMQPCLASSIC_SSLACCEPTSERVERCERTSTORETYPE_PFXBLOB(3), AMQPCLASSIC_SSLACCEPTSERVERCERTSTORETYPE_JKSFILE(4), AMQPCLASSIC_SSLACCEPTSERVERCERTSTORETYPE_JKSBLOB(5), AMQPCLASSIC_SSLACCEPTSERVERCERTSTORETYPE_PEMKEY_FILE(6), AMQPCLASSIC_SSLACCEPTSERVERCERTSTORETYPE_PEMKEY_BLOB(7), AMQPCLASSIC_SSLACCEPTSERVERCERTSTORETYPE_PUBLIC_KEY_FILE(8), AMQPCLASSIC_SSLACCEPTSERVERCERTSTORETYPE_PUBLIC_KEY_BLOB(9), AMQPCLASSIC_SSLACCEPTSERVERCERTSTORETYPE_SSHPUBLIC_KEY_BLOB(10), AMQPCLASSIC_SSLACCEPTSERVERCERTSTORETYPE_P7BFILE(11), AMQPCLASSIC_SSLACCEPTSERVERCERTSTORETYPE_P7BBLOB(12), AMQPCLASSIC_SSLACCEPTSERVERCERTSTORETYPE_SSHPUBLIC_KEY_FILE(13), AMQPCLASSIC_SSLACCEPTSERVERCERTSTORETYPE_PPKFILE(14), AMQPCLASSIC_SSLACCEPTSERVERCERTSTORETYPE_PPKBLOB(15), AMQPCLASSIC_SSLACCEPTSERVERCERTSTORETYPE_XMLFILE(16), AMQPCLASSIC_SSLACCEPTSERVERCERTSTORETYPE_XMLBLOB(17), AMQPCLASSIC_SSLACCEPTSERVERCERTSTORETYPE_JWKFILE(18), AMQPCLASSIC_SSLACCEPTSERVERCERTSTORETYPE_JWKBLOB(19), AMQPCLASSIC_SSLACCEPTSERVERCERTSTORETYPE_SECURITY_KEY(20), AMQPCLASSIC_SSLACCEPTSERVERCERTSTORETYPE_BCFKSFILE(21), AMQPCLASSIC_SSLACCEPTSERVERCERTSTORETYPE_BCFKSBLOB(22), AMQPCLASSIC_SSLACCEPTSERVERCERTSTORETYPE_PKCS11(23), AMQPCLASSIC_SSLACCEPTSERVERCERTSTORETYPE_AUTO(99)
```

## Default Value

0

## Remarks

The type of certificate store for this certificate.

 The class supports both public and private keys in a variety of formats. When the *cstAuto* value is used, the class will automatically determine the type. This property can take one of the following values:

```csharp
sftp.SSHCert = new Certificate(CertStoreTypes.cstPKCS11,
                               @"C:\Program Files\OpenSC Project\OpenSC\pkcs11\opensc-pkcs11.dll",
                               "123456", // PIN
                               "CN=cert_subject");
sftp.SSHUser = "test";
sftp.SSHLogon("myhost", 22);
```

```csharp
certmgr.CertStoreType = CertStoreTypes.cstPKCS11;
certmgr.OnCertList += (s, e) => {
  secKeyBlob = e.CertEncoded;
};
certmgr.CertStore = @"C:\Program Files\OpenSC Project\OpenSC\pkcs11\opensc-pkcs11.dll";
certmgr.CertStorePassword = "123456"; // PIN
certmgr.ListStoreCertificates();

sftp.SSHCert = new Certificate(CertStoreTypes.cstPKCS11, secKeyBlob, "123456", "*");
sftp.SSHUser = "test";
sftp.SSHLogon("myhost", 22);
```

|  |  |
| --- | --- |
| 0 (cstUser - default) | For Windows, this specifies that the certificate store is a certificate store owned by the current user. NOTE: This store type is not available in Java. |
| 1 (cstMachine) | For Windows, this specifies that the certificate store is a machine store. NOTE: This store type is not available in Java. |
| 2 (cstPFXFile) | The certificate store is the name of a PFX (PKCS#12) file containing certificates. |
| 3 (cstPFXBlob) | The certificate store is a string (binary or Base64-encoded) representing a certificate store in PFX (PKCS#12) format. |
| 4 (cstJKSFile) | The certificate store is the name of a Java Key Store (JKS) file containing certificates. NOTE: This store type is only available in Java. |
| 5 (cstJKSBlob) | The certificate store is a string (binary or Base64-encoded) representing a certificate store in Java Key Store (JKS) format. NOTE: This store type is only available in Java. |
| 6 (cstPEMKeyFile) | The certificate store is the name of a PEM-encoded file that contains a private key and an optional certificate. |
| 7 (cstPEMKeyBlob) | The certificate store is a string (binary or Base64-encoded) that contains a private key and an optional certificate. |
| 8 (cstPublicKeyFile) | The certificate store is the name of a file that contains a PEM- or DER-encoded public key certificate. |
| 9 (cstPublicKeyBlob) | The certificate store is a string (binary or Base64-encoded) that contains a PEM- or DER-encoded public key certificate. |
| 10 (cstSSHPublicKeyBlob) | The certificate store is a string (binary or Base64-encoded) that contains an SSH-style public key. |
| 11 (cstP7BFile) | The certificate store is the name of a PKCS#7 file containing certificates. |
| 12 (cstP7BBlob) | The certificate store is a string (binary) representing a certificate store in PKCS#7 format. |
| 13 (cstSSHPublicKeyFile) | The certificate store is the name of a file that contains an SSH-style public key. |
| 14 (cstPPKFile) | The certificate store is the name of a file that contains a PPK (PuTTY Private Key). |
| 15 (cstPPKBlob) | The certificate store is a string (binary) that contains a PPK (PuTTY Private Key). |
| 16 (cstXMLFile) | The certificate store is the name of a file that contains a certificate in XML format. |
| 17 (cstXMLBlob) | The certificate store is a string that contains a certificate in XML format. |
| 18 (cstJWKFile) | The certificate store is the name of a file that contains a JWK (JSON Web Key). |
| 19 (cstJWKBlob) | The certificate store is a string that contains a JWK (JSON Web Key). |
| 21 (cstBCFKSFile) | The certificate store is the name of a file that contains a BCFKS (Bouncy Castle FIPS Key Store). NOTE: This store type is only available in Java and .NET. |
| 22 (cstBCFKSBlob) | The certificate store is a string (binary or Base64-encoded) representing a certificate store in BCFKS (Bouncy Castle FIPS Key Store) format. NOTE: This store type is only available in Java and .NET. |
| 23 (cstPKCS11) | The certificate is present on a physical security key accessible via a PKCS#11 interface. To use a security key, create a new [Certificate](#Type_Certificate) object and pass cstPKCS11 as the [SSLAcceptServerCertStoreType](#sslacceptservercertstoretype-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class), the full path of the PKCS#11 DLL as the [SSLAcceptServerCertStore](#sslacceptservercertstore-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class), and the PIN as the [SSLAcceptServerCertStorePassword](#sslacceptservercertstorepassword-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class). Code Example. SSH Authentication with Security Key (without CertMgr): Alternatively, collect the necessary data using the [CertMgr](#CertMgr) class by calling the [ListStoreCertificates](#CertMgr_m_ListStoreCertificates) method after setting the corresponding properties accordingly. The certificate information returned in the [CertList](#CertMgr_e_CertList) event's CertEncoded parameter may be saved for later use. When using a certificate obtained with this approach, pass the previously saved security key information as the [SSLAcceptServerCertStore](#sslacceptservercertstore-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) and set [SSLAcceptServerCertStorePassword](#sslacceptservercertstorepassword-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) to the PIN. Code Example. SSH Authentication with Security Key (with CertMgr): |
| 99 (cstAuto) | The store type is automatically detected from the input data. This setting may be used with both public and private keys and can detect any of the supported formats automatically. |

## Data Type

Integer

# SSLAcceptServerCertSubjectAltNames Property ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

Comma-separated lists of alternative subject names for the certificate.

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function getSSLAcceptServerCertSubjectAltNames();
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_get($res, 113 );
```

## Default Value

''

## Remarks

Comma-separated lists of alternative subject names for the certificate.

This property is read-only.

## Data Type

String

# SSLAcceptServerCertThumbprintMD5 Property ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

The MD5 hash of the certificate.

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function getSSLAcceptServerCertThumbprintMD5();
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_get($res, 114 );
```

## Default Value

''

## Remarks

The MD5 hash of the certificate. It is primarily used for X.509 certificates. If the hash does not already exist, it is automatically computed.

This property is read-only.

## Data Type

String

# SSLAcceptServerCertThumbprintSHA1 Property ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

The SHA-1 hash of the certificate.

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function getSSLAcceptServerCertThumbprintSHA1();
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_get($res, 115 );
```

## Default Value

''

## Remarks

The SHA-1 hash of the certificate. It is primarily used for X.509 certificates. If the hash does not already exist, it is automatically computed.

This property is read-only.

## Data Type

String

# SSLAcceptServerCertThumbprintSHA256 Property ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

The SHA-256 hash of the certificate.

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function getSSLAcceptServerCertThumbprintSHA256();
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_get($res, 116 );
```

## Default Value

''

## Remarks

The SHA-256 hash of the certificate. It is primarily used for X.509 certificates. If the hash does not already exist, it is automatically computed.

This property is read-only.

## Data Type

String

# SSLAcceptServerCertUsage Property ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

The text description of UsageFlags .

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function getSSLAcceptServerCertUsage();
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_get($res, 117 );
```

## Default Value

''

## Remarks

The text description of [SSLAcceptServerCertUsageFlags](#sslacceptservercertusageflags-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class).

This value will be one or more of the following strings and will be separated by commas:

- Digital Signature
- Non-Repudiation
- Key Encipherment
- Data Encipherment
- Key Agreement
- Certificate Signing
- CRL Signing
- Encipher Only

If the provider is OpenSSL, the value is a comma-separated list of X.509 certificate extension names.

This property is read-only.

## Data Type

String

# SSLAcceptServerCertUsageFlags Property ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

The flags that show intended use for the certificate.

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function getSSLAcceptServerCertUsageFlags();
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_get($res, 118 );
```

## Default Value

0

## Remarks

The flags that show intended use for the certificate. The value of [SSLAcceptServerCertUsageFlags](#sslacceptservercertusageflags-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) is a combination of the following flags:

|  |  |
| --- | --- |
| 0x80 | Digital Signature |
| 0x40 | Non-Repudiation |
| 0x20 | Key Encipherment |
| 0x10 | Data Encipherment |
| 0x08 | Key Agreement |
| 0x04 | Certificate Signing |
| 0x02 | CRL Signing |
| 0x01 | Encipher Only |

Please see the [SSLAcceptServerCertUsage](#sslacceptservercertusage-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) property for a text representation of [SSLAcceptServerCertUsageFlags](#sslacceptservercertusageflags-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class).

This functionality currently is not available when the provider is OpenSSL.

This property is read-only.

## Data Type

Integer

# SSLAcceptServerCertVersion Property ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

The certificate's version number.

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function getSSLAcceptServerCertVersion();
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_get($res, 119 );
```

## Default Value

''

## Remarks

The certificate's version number. The possible values are the strings "V1", "V2", and "V3".

This property is read-only.

## Data Type

String

# SSLAcceptServerCertSubject Property ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

The subject of the certificate used for client authentication.

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function getSSLAcceptServerCertSubject();
public function setSSLAcceptServerCertSubject($value);
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_get($res, 120 );
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_set($res, 120, $value );
```

## Default Value

''

## Remarks

The subject of the certificate used for client authentication.

This property must be set after all other certificate properties are set. When this property is set, a search is performed in the current certificate store to locate a certificate with a matching subject.

If a matching certificate is found, the property is set to the full subject of the matching certificate.

If an exact match is not found, the store is searched for subjects containing the value of the property.

If a match is still not found, the property is set to an empty string, and no certificate is selected.

The special value "*" picks a random certificate in the certificate store.

The certificate subject is a comma-separated list of distinguished name fields and values. For instance, "CN=www.server.com, OU=test, C=US, E=example@email.com". Common fields and their meanings are as follows:

| Field | Meaning |
| --- | --- |
| CN | Common Name. This is commonly a hostname like www.server.com. |
| O | Organization |
| OU | Organizational Unit |
| L | Locality |
| S | State |
| C | Country |
| E | Email Address |

If a field value contains a comma, it must be quoted.

## Data Type

String

# SSLAcceptServerCertEncoded Property ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

The certificate (PEM/Base64 encoded).

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function getSSLAcceptServerCertEncoded();
public function setSSLAcceptServerCertEncoded($value);
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_get($res, 121 );
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_set($res, 121, $value );
```

## Default Value

''

## Remarks

The certificate (PEM/Base64 encoded). This property is used to assign a specific certificate. The [SSLAcceptServerCertStore](#sslacceptservercertstore-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) and [SSLAcceptServerCertSubject](#sslacceptservercertsubject-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) properties also may be used to specify a certificate.

When [SSLAcceptServerCertEncoded](#sslacceptservercertencoded-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) is set, a search is initiated in the current [SSLAcceptServerCertStore](#sslacceptservercertstore-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) for the private key of the certificate. If the key is found, [SSLAcceptServerCertSubject](#sslacceptservercertsubject-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) is updated to reflect the full subject of the selected certificate; otherwise, [SSLAcceptServerCertSubject](#sslacceptservercertsubject-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) is set to an empty string.

This property is not available at design time.

## Data Type

Binary String

# SSLCertEffectiveDate Property ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

The date on which this certificate becomes valid.

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function getSSLCertEffectiveDate();
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_get($res, 122 );
```

## Default Value

''

## Remarks

The date on which this certificate becomes valid. Before this date, it is not valid. The date is localized to the system's time zone. The following example illustrates the format of an encoded date:

23-Jan-2000 15:00:00.

This property is read-only.

## Data Type

String

# SSLCertExpirationDate Property ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

The date on which the certificate expires.

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function getSSLCertExpirationDate();
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_get($res, 123 );
```

## Default Value

''

## Remarks

The date on which the certificate expires. After this date, the certificate will no longer be valid. The date is localized to the system's time zone. The following example illustrates the format of an encoded date:

23-Jan-2001 15:00:00.

This property is read-only.

## Data Type

String

# SSLCertExtendedKeyUsage Property ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

A comma-delimited list of extended key usage identifiers.

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function getSSLCertExtendedKeyUsage();
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_get($res, 124 );
```

## Default Value

''

## Remarks

A comma-delimited list of extended key usage identifiers. These are the same as ASN.1 object identifiers (OIDs).

This property is read-only.

## Data Type

String

# SSLCertFingerprint Property ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

The hex-encoded, 16-byte MD5 fingerprint of the certificate.

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function getSSLCertFingerprint();
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_get($res, 125 );
```

## Default Value

''

## Remarks

The hex-encoded, 16-byte MD5 fingerprint of the certificate. This property is primarily used for keys which do not have a corresponding X.509 public certificate, such as PEM keys that only contain a private key. It is commonly used for SSH keys.

The following example illustrates the format: *bc:2a:72:af:fe:58:17:43:7a:5f:ba:5a:7c:90:f7:02*

This property is read-only.

## Data Type

String

# SSLCertFingerprintSHA1 Property ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

The hex-encoded, 20-byte SHA-1 fingerprint of the certificate.

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function getSSLCertFingerprintSHA1();
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_get($res, 126 );
```

## Default Value

''

## Remarks

The hex-encoded, 20-byte SHA-1 fingerprint of the certificate. This property is primarily used for keys which do not have a corresponding X.509 public certificate, such as PEM keys that only contain a private key. It is commonly used for SSH keys.

The following example illustrates the format: *30:7b:fa:38:65:83:ff:da:b4:4e:07:3f:17:b8:a4:ed:80:be:ff:84*

This property is read-only.

## Data Type

String

# SSLCertFingerprintSHA256 Property ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

The hex-encoded, 32-byte SHA-256 fingerprint of the certificate.

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function getSSLCertFingerprintSHA256();
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_get($res, 127 );
```

## Default Value

''

## Remarks

The hex-encoded, 32-byte SHA-256 fingerprint of the certificate. This property is primarily used for keys which do not have a corresponding X.509 public certificate, such as PEM keys that only contain a private key. It is commonly used for SSH keys.

The following example illustrates the format: *6a:80:5c:33:a9:43:ea:b0:96:12:8a:64:96:30:ef:4a:8a:96:86:ce:f4:c7:be:10:24:8e:2b:60:9e:f3:59:53*

This property is read-only.

## Data Type

String

# SSLCertIssuer Property ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

The issuer of the certificate.

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function getSSLCertIssuer();
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_get($res, 128 );
```

## Default Value

''

## Remarks

The issuer of the certificate. This property contains a string representation of the name of the issuing authority for the certificate.

This property is read-only.

## Data Type

String

# SSLCertPrivateKey Property ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

The private key of the certificate (if available).

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function getSSLCertPrivateKey();
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_get($res, 129 );
```

## Default Value

''

## Remarks

The private key of the certificate (if available). The key is provided as PEM/Base64-encoded data.

NOTE: The [SSLCertPrivateKey](#sslcertprivatekey-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) may be available but not exportable. In this case, [SSLCertPrivateKey](#sslcertprivatekey-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) returns an empty string.

This property is read-only.

## Data Type

String

# SSLCertPrivateKeyAvailable Property ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

Whether a PrivateKey is available for the selected certificate.

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function getSSLCertPrivateKeyAvailable();
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_get($res, 130 );
```

## Default Value

false

## Remarks

Whether a [SSLCertPrivateKey](#sslcertprivatekey-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) is available for the selected certificate. If [SSLCertPrivateKeyAvailable](#sslcertprivatekeyavailable-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) is True, the certificate may be used for authentication purposes (e.g., server authentication).

This property is read-only.

## Data Type

Boolean

# SSLCertPrivateKeyContainer Property ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

The name of the PrivateKey container for the certificate (if available).

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function getSSLCertPrivateKeyContainer();
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_get($res, 131 );
```

## Default Value

''

## Remarks

The name of the [SSLCertPrivateKey](#sslcertprivatekey-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) container for the certificate (if available). This functionality is available only on Windows platforms.

This property is read-only.

## Data Type

String

# SSLCertPublicKey Property ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

The public key of the certificate.

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function getSSLCertPublicKey();
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_get($res, 132 );
```

## Default Value

''

## Remarks

The public key of the certificate. The key is provided as PEM/Base64-encoded data.

This property is read-only.

## Data Type

String

# SSLCertPublicKeyAlgorithm Property ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

The textual description of the certificate's public key algorithm.

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function getSSLCertPublicKeyAlgorithm();
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_get($res, 133 );
```

## Default Value

''

## Remarks

The textual description of the certificate's public key algorithm. The property contains either the name of the algorithm (e.g., "RSA" or "RSA_DH") or an object identifier (OID) string representing the algorithm.

This property is read-only.

## Data Type

String

# SSLCertPublicKeyLength Property ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

The length of the certificate's public key (in bits).

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function getSSLCertPublicKeyLength();
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_get($res, 134 );
```

## Default Value

0

## Remarks

The length of the certificate's public key (in bits). Common values are 512, 1024, and 2048.

This property is read-only.

## Data Type

Integer

# SSLCertSerialNumber Property ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

The serial number of the certificate encoded as a string.

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function getSSLCertSerialNumber();
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_get($res, 135 );
```

## Default Value

''

## Remarks

The serial number of the certificate encoded as a string. The number is encoded as a series of hexadecimal digits, with each pair representing a byte of the serial number.

This property is read-only.

## Data Type

String

# SSLCertSignatureAlgorithm Property ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

The text description of the certificate's signature algorithm.

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function getSSLCertSignatureAlgorithm();
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_get($res, 136 );
```

## Default Value

''

## Remarks

The text description of the certificate's signature algorithm. The property contains either the name of the algorithm (e.g., "RSA" or "RSA_MD5RSA") or an object identifier (OID) string representing the algorithm.

This property is read-only.

## Data Type

String

# SSLCertStore Property ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

The name of the certificate store for the client certificate.

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function getSSLCertStore();
public function setSSLCertStore($value);
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_get($res, 137 );
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_set($res, 137, $value );
```

## Default Value

'MY'

## Remarks

The name of the certificate store for the client certificate.

The [SSLCertStoreType](#sslcertstoretype-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) property denotes the type of the certificate store specified by [SSLCertStore](#sslcertstore-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class). If the store is password-protected, specify the password in [SSLCertStorePassword](#sslcertstorepassword-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class).

[SSLCertStore](#sslcertstore-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) is used in conjunction with the [SSLCertSubject](#sslcertsubject-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) property to specify client certificates. If [SSLCertStore](#sslcertstore-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) has a value, and [SSLCertSubject](#sslcertsubject-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) or [SSLCertEncoded](#sslcertencoded-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) is set, a search for a certificate is initiated. Please see the [SSLCertSubject](#sslcertsubject-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) property for details.

 Designations of certificate stores are platform dependent.

The following designations are the most common User and Machine certificate stores in Windows:

|  |  |
| --- | --- |
| MY | A certificate store holding personal certificates with their associated private keys. |
| CA | Certifying authority certificates. |
| ROOT | Root certificates. |

When the certificate store type is *cstPFXFile*, this property must be set to the name of the file. When the type is *cstPFXBlob*, the property must be set to the binary contents of a PFX file (i.e., PKCS#12 certificate store).

## Data Type

Binary String

# SSLCertStorePassword Property ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

If the type of certificate store requires a password, this property is used to specify the password needed to open the certificate store.

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function getSSLCertStorePassword();
public function setSSLCertStorePassword($value);
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_get($res, 138 );
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_set($res, 138, $value );
```

## Default Value

''

## Remarks

If the type of certificate store requires a password, this property is used to specify the password needed to open the certificate store.

## Data Type

String

# SSLCertStoreType Property ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

The type of certificate store for this certificate.

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function getSSLCertStoreType();
public function setSSLCertStoreType($value);
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_get($res, 139 );
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_set($res, 139, $value );
```

## Possible Values

```text
AMQPCLASSIC_SSLCERTSTORETYPE_USER(0), AMQPCLASSIC_SSLCERTSTORETYPE_MACHINE(1), AMQPCLASSIC_SSLCERTSTORETYPE_PFXFILE(2), AMQPCLASSIC_SSLCERTSTORETYPE_PFXBLOB(3), AMQPCLASSIC_SSLCERTSTORETYPE_JKSFILE(4), AMQPCLASSIC_SSLCERTSTORETYPE_JKSBLOB(5), AMQPCLASSIC_SSLCERTSTORETYPE_PEMKEY_FILE(6), AMQPCLASSIC_SSLCERTSTORETYPE_PEMKEY_BLOB(7), AMQPCLASSIC_SSLCERTSTORETYPE_PUBLIC_KEY_FILE(8), AMQPCLASSIC_SSLCERTSTORETYPE_PUBLIC_KEY_BLOB(9), AMQPCLASSIC_SSLCERTSTORETYPE_SSHPUBLIC_KEY_BLOB(10), AMQPCLASSIC_SSLCERTSTORETYPE_P7BFILE(11), AMQPCLASSIC_SSLCERTSTORETYPE_P7BBLOB(12), AMQPCLASSIC_SSLCERTSTORETYPE_SSHPUBLIC_KEY_FILE(13), AMQPCLASSIC_SSLCERTSTORETYPE_PPKFILE(14), AMQPCLASSIC_SSLCERTSTORETYPE_PPKBLOB(15), AMQPCLASSIC_SSLCERTSTORETYPE_XMLFILE(16), AMQPCLASSIC_SSLCERTSTORETYPE_XMLBLOB(17), AMQPCLASSIC_SSLCERTSTORETYPE_JWKFILE(18), AMQPCLASSIC_SSLCERTSTORETYPE_JWKBLOB(19), AMQPCLASSIC_SSLCERTSTORETYPE_SECURITY_KEY(20), AMQPCLASSIC_SSLCERTSTORETYPE_BCFKSFILE(21), AMQPCLASSIC_SSLCERTSTORETYPE_BCFKSBLOB(22), AMQPCLASSIC_SSLCERTSTORETYPE_PKCS11(23), AMQPCLASSIC_SSLCERTSTORETYPE_AUTO(99)
```

## Default Value

0

## Remarks

The type of certificate store for this certificate.

 The class supports both public and private keys in a variety of formats. When the *cstAuto* value is used, the class will automatically determine the type. This property can take one of the following values:

```csharp
sftp.SSHCert = new Certificate(CertStoreTypes.cstPKCS11,
                               @"C:\Program Files\OpenSC Project\OpenSC\pkcs11\opensc-pkcs11.dll",
                               "123456", // PIN
                               "CN=cert_subject");
sftp.SSHUser = "test";
sftp.SSHLogon("myhost", 22);
```

```csharp
certmgr.CertStoreType = CertStoreTypes.cstPKCS11;
certmgr.OnCertList += (s, e) => {
  secKeyBlob = e.CertEncoded;
};
certmgr.CertStore = @"C:\Program Files\OpenSC Project\OpenSC\pkcs11\opensc-pkcs11.dll";
certmgr.CertStorePassword = "123456"; // PIN
certmgr.ListStoreCertificates();

sftp.SSHCert = new Certificate(CertStoreTypes.cstPKCS11, secKeyBlob, "123456", "*");
sftp.SSHUser = "test";
sftp.SSHLogon("myhost", 22);
```

|  |  |
| --- | --- |
| 0 (cstUser - default) | For Windows, this specifies that the certificate store is a certificate store owned by the current user. NOTE: This store type is not available in Java. |
| 1 (cstMachine) | For Windows, this specifies that the certificate store is a machine store. NOTE: This store type is not available in Java. |
| 2 (cstPFXFile) | The certificate store is the name of a PFX (PKCS#12) file containing certificates. |
| 3 (cstPFXBlob) | The certificate store is a string (binary or Base64-encoded) representing a certificate store in PFX (PKCS#12) format. |
| 4 (cstJKSFile) | The certificate store is the name of a Java Key Store (JKS) file containing certificates. NOTE: This store type is only available in Java. |
| 5 (cstJKSBlob) | The certificate store is a string (binary or Base64-encoded) representing a certificate store in Java Key Store (JKS) format. NOTE: This store type is only available in Java. |
| 6 (cstPEMKeyFile) | The certificate store is the name of a PEM-encoded file that contains a private key and an optional certificate. |
| 7 (cstPEMKeyBlob) | The certificate store is a string (binary or Base64-encoded) that contains a private key and an optional certificate. |
| 8 (cstPublicKeyFile) | The certificate store is the name of a file that contains a PEM- or DER-encoded public key certificate. |
| 9 (cstPublicKeyBlob) | The certificate store is a string (binary or Base64-encoded) that contains a PEM- or DER-encoded public key certificate. |
| 10 (cstSSHPublicKeyBlob) | The certificate store is a string (binary or Base64-encoded) that contains an SSH-style public key. |
| 11 (cstP7BFile) | The certificate store is the name of a PKCS#7 file containing certificates. |
| 12 (cstP7BBlob) | The certificate store is a string (binary) representing a certificate store in PKCS#7 format. |
| 13 (cstSSHPublicKeyFile) | The certificate store is the name of a file that contains an SSH-style public key. |
| 14 (cstPPKFile) | The certificate store is the name of a file that contains a PPK (PuTTY Private Key). |
| 15 (cstPPKBlob) | The certificate store is a string (binary) that contains a PPK (PuTTY Private Key). |
| 16 (cstXMLFile) | The certificate store is the name of a file that contains a certificate in XML format. |
| 17 (cstXMLBlob) | The certificate store is a string that contains a certificate in XML format. |
| 18 (cstJWKFile) | The certificate store is the name of a file that contains a JWK (JSON Web Key). |
| 19 (cstJWKBlob) | The certificate store is a string that contains a JWK (JSON Web Key). |
| 21 (cstBCFKSFile) | The certificate store is the name of a file that contains a BCFKS (Bouncy Castle FIPS Key Store). NOTE: This store type is only available in Java and .NET. |
| 22 (cstBCFKSBlob) | The certificate store is a string (binary or Base64-encoded) representing a certificate store in BCFKS (Bouncy Castle FIPS Key Store) format. NOTE: This store type is only available in Java and .NET. |
| 23 (cstPKCS11) | The certificate is present on a physical security key accessible via a PKCS#11 interface. To use a security key, create a new [Certificate](#Type_Certificate) object and pass cstPKCS11 as the [SSLCertStoreType](#sslcertstoretype-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class), the full path of the PKCS#11 DLL as the [SSLCertStore](#sslcertstore-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class), and the PIN as the [SSLCertStorePassword](#sslcertstorepassword-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class). Code Example. SSH Authentication with Security Key (without CertMgr): Alternatively, collect the necessary data using the [CertMgr](#CertMgr) class by calling the [ListStoreCertificates](#CertMgr_m_ListStoreCertificates) method after setting the corresponding properties accordingly. The certificate information returned in the [CertList](#CertMgr_e_CertList) event's CertEncoded parameter may be saved for later use. When using a certificate obtained with this approach, pass the previously saved security key information as the [SSLCertStore](#sslcertstore-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) and set [SSLCertStorePassword](#sslcertstorepassword-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) to the PIN. Code Example. SSH Authentication with Security Key (with CertMgr): |
| 99 (cstAuto) | The store type is automatically detected from the input data. This setting may be used with both public and private keys and can detect any of the supported formats automatically. |

## Data Type

Integer

# SSLCertSubjectAltNames Property ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

Comma-separated lists of alternative subject names for the certificate.

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function getSSLCertSubjectAltNames();
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_get($res, 140 );
```

## Default Value

''

## Remarks

Comma-separated lists of alternative subject names for the certificate.

This property is read-only.

## Data Type

String

# SSLCertThumbprintMD5 Property ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

The MD5 hash of the certificate.

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function getSSLCertThumbprintMD5();
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_get($res, 141 );
```

## Default Value

''

## Remarks

The MD5 hash of the certificate. It is primarily used for X.509 certificates. If the hash does not already exist, it is automatically computed.

This property is read-only.

## Data Type

String

# SSLCertThumbprintSHA1 Property ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

The SHA-1 hash of the certificate.

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function getSSLCertThumbprintSHA1();
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_get($res, 142 );
```

## Default Value

''

## Remarks

The SHA-1 hash of the certificate. It is primarily used for X.509 certificates. If the hash does not already exist, it is automatically computed.

This property is read-only.

## Data Type

String

# SSLCertThumbprintSHA256 Property ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

The SHA-256 hash of the certificate.

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function getSSLCertThumbprintSHA256();
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_get($res, 143 );
```

## Default Value

''

## Remarks

The SHA-256 hash of the certificate. It is primarily used for X.509 certificates. If the hash does not already exist, it is automatically computed.

This property is read-only.

## Data Type

String

# SSLCertUsage Property ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

The text description of UsageFlags .

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function getSSLCertUsage();
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_get($res, 144 );
```

## Default Value

''

## Remarks

The text description of [SSLCertUsageFlags](#sslcertusageflags-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class).

This value will be one or more of the following strings and will be separated by commas:

- Digital Signature
- Non-Repudiation
- Key Encipherment
- Data Encipherment
- Key Agreement
- Certificate Signing
- CRL Signing
- Encipher Only

If the provider is OpenSSL, the value is a comma-separated list of X.509 certificate extension names.

This property is read-only.

## Data Type

String

# SSLCertUsageFlags Property ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

The flags that show intended use for the certificate.

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function getSSLCertUsageFlags();
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_get($res, 145 );
```

## Default Value

0

## Remarks

The flags that show intended use for the certificate. The value of [SSLCertUsageFlags](#sslcertusageflags-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) is a combination of the following flags:

|  |  |
| --- | --- |
| 0x80 | Digital Signature |
| 0x40 | Non-Repudiation |
| 0x20 | Key Encipherment |
| 0x10 | Data Encipherment |
| 0x08 | Key Agreement |
| 0x04 | Certificate Signing |
| 0x02 | CRL Signing |
| 0x01 | Encipher Only |

Please see the [SSLCertUsage](#sslcertusage-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) property for a text representation of [SSLCertUsageFlags](#sslcertusageflags-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class).

This functionality currently is not available when the provider is OpenSSL.

This property is read-only.

## Data Type

Integer

# SSLCertVersion Property ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

The certificate's version number.

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function getSSLCertVersion();
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_get($res, 146 );
```

## Default Value

''

## Remarks

The certificate's version number. The possible values are the strings "V1", "V2", and "V3".

This property is read-only.

## Data Type

String

# SSLCertSubject Property ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

The subject of the certificate used for client authentication.

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function getSSLCertSubject();
public function setSSLCertSubject($value);
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_get($res, 147 );
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_set($res, 147, $value );
```

## Default Value

''

## Remarks

The subject of the certificate used for client authentication.

This property must be set after all other certificate properties are set. When this property is set, a search is performed in the current certificate store to locate a certificate with a matching subject.

If a matching certificate is found, the property is set to the full subject of the matching certificate.

If an exact match is not found, the store is searched for subjects containing the value of the property.

If a match is still not found, the property is set to an empty string, and no certificate is selected.

The special value "*" picks a random certificate in the certificate store.

The certificate subject is a comma-separated list of distinguished name fields and values. For instance, "CN=www.server.com, OU=test, C=US, E=example@email.com". Common fields and their meanings are as follows:

| Field | Meaning |
| --- | --- |
| CN | Common Name. This is commonly a hostname like www.server.com. |
| O | Organization |
| OU | Organizational Unit |
| L | Locality |
| S | State |
| C | Country |
| E | Email Address |

If a field value contains a comma, it must be quoted.

## Data Type

String

# SSLCertEncoded Property ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

The certificate (PEM/Base64 encoded).

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function getSSLCertEncoded();
public function setSSLCertEncoded($value);
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_get($res, 148 );
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_set($res, 148, $value );
```

## Default Value

''

## Remarks

The certificate (PEM/Base64 encoded). This property is used to assign a specific certificate. The [SSLCertStore](#sslcertstore-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) and [SSLCertSubject](#sslcertsubject-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) properties also may be used to specify a certificate.

When [SSLCertEncoded](#sslcertencoded-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) is set, a search is initiated in the current [SSLCertStore](#sslcertstore-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) for the private key of the certificate. If the key is found, [SSLCertSubject](#sslcertsubject-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) is updated to reflect the full subject of the selected certificate; otherwise, [SSLCertSubject](#sslcertsubject-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) is set to an empty string.

This property is not available at design time.

## Data Type

Binary String

# SSLEnabled Property ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

This property indicates whether Transport Layer Security/Secure Sockets Layer (TLS/SSL) is enabled.

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function getSSLEnabled();
public function setSSLEnabled($value);
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_get($res, 149 );
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_set($res, 149, $value );
```

## Default Value

false

## Remarks

This property specifies whether TLS/SSL is enabled in the class. When False (default), the class operates in plaintext mode. When True, TLS/SSL is enabled.

TLS/SSL may also be enabled by setting SSLStartMode. Setting SSLStartMode will automatically update this property value.

If the default port (5672) is selected when SSLEnabled is set to true, the port will automatically be changed to the default port for AMQP with SSL (5671). Likewise, if port 5671 is selected when SSLEnabled is set to false, the port will automatically be changed to the default port. If the port has been set to any value other than the default values, it will remain the same when the value of SSLEnabled changes.

This property is not available at design time.

## Data Type

Boolean

# SSLProvider Property ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

The Secure Sockets Layer/Transport Layer Security (SSL/TLS) implementation to use.

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function getSSLProvider();
public function setSSLProvider($value);
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_get($res, 150 );
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_set($res, 150, $value );
```

## Possible Values

```text
AMQPCLASSIC_SSLPROVIDER_AUTOMATIC(0), AMQPCLASSIC_SSLPROVIDER_PLATFORM(1), AMQPCLASSIC_SSLPROVIDER_INTERNAL(2)
```

## Default Value

0

## Remarks

This property specifies the SSL/TLS implementation to use. In most cases the default value of *0* (Automatic) is recommended and should not be changed. When set to *0* (Automatic), the class will select whether to use the platform implementation or the internal implementation depending on the operating system as well as the TLS version being used.

Possible values are as follows:

|  |  |
| --- | --- |
| 0 (sslpAutomatic - default) | Automatically selects the appropriate implementation. |
| 1 (sslpPlatform) | Uses the platform/system implementation. |
| 2 (sslpInternal) | Uses the internal implementation. |

 **Additional Notes**

In most cases using the default value (Automatic) is recommended. The class will select a provider depending on the current platform.

When Automatic is selected, on Windows, the class will use the platform implementation. On Linux/macOS, the class will use the internal implementation. When TLS 1.3 is enabled via [SSLEnabledProtocols](#SSLEnabledProtocols), the class will always try and use the platform implementation. If the platform TLS 1.3 implementation is not available, the internal implementation will be used.

## Data Type

Integer

# SSLServerCertEffectiveDate Property ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

The date on which this certificate becomes valid.

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function getSSLServerCertEffectiveDate();
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_get($res, 151 );
```

## Default Value

''

## Remarks

The date on which this certificate becomes valid. Before this date, it is not valid. The date is localized to the system's time zone. The following example illustrates the format of an encoded date:

23-Jan-2000 15:00:00.

This property is read-only.

## Data Type

String

# SSLServerCertExpirationDate Property ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

The date on which the certificate expires.

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function getSSLServerCertExpirationDate();
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_get($res, 152 );
```

## Default Value

''

## Remarks

The date on which the certificate expires. After this date, the certificate will no longer be valid. The date is localized to the system's time zone. The following example illustrates the format of an encoded date:

23-Jan-2001 15:00:00.

This property is read-only.

## Data Type

String

# SSLServerCertExtendedKeyUsage Property ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

A comma-delimited list of extended key usage identifiers.

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function getSSLServerCertExtendedKeyUsage();
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_get($res, 153 );
```

## Default Value

''

## Remarks

A comma-delimited list of extended key usage identifiers. These are the same as ASN.1 object identifiers (OIDs).

This property is read-only.

## Data Type

String

# SSLServerCertFingerprint Property ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

The hex-encoded, 16-byte MD5 fingerprint of the certificate.

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function getSSLServerCertFingerprint();
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_get($res, 154 );
```

## Default Value

''

## Remarks

The hex-encoded, 16-byte MD5 fingerprint of the certificate. This property is primarily used for keys which do not have a corresponding X.509 public certificate, such as PEM keys that only contain a private key. It is commonly used for SSH keys.

The following example illustrates the format: *bc:2a:72:af:fe:58:17:43:7a:5f:ba:5a:7c:90:f7:02*

This property is read-only.

## Data Type

String

# SSLServerCertFingerprintSHA1 Property ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

The hex-encoded, 20-byte SHA-1 fingerprint of the certificate.

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function getSSLServerCertFingerprintSHA1();
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_get($res, 155 );
```

## Default Value

''

## Remarks

The hex-encoded, 20-byte SHA-1 fingerprint of the certificate. This property is primarily used for keys which do not have a corresponding X.509 public certificate, such as PEM keys that only contain a private key. It is commonly used for SSH keys.

The following example illustrates the format: *30:7b:fa:38:65:83:ff:da:b4:4e:07:3f:17:b8:a4:ed:80:be:ff:84*

This property is read-only.

## Data Type

String

# SSLServerCertFingerprintSHA256 Property ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

The hex-encoded, 32-byte SHA-256 fingerprint of the certificate.

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function getSSLServerCertFingerprintSHA256();
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_get($res, 156 );
```

## Default Value

''

## Remarks

The hex-encoded, 32-byte SHA-256 fingerprint of the certificate. This property is primarily used for keys which do not have a corresponding X.509 public certificate, such as PEM keys that only contain a private key. It is commonly used for SSH keys.

The following example illustrates the format: *6a:80:5c:33:a9:43:ea:b0:96:12:8a:64:96:30:ef:4a:8a:96:86:ce:f4:c7:be:10:24:8e:2b:60:9e:f3:59:53*

This property is read-only.

## Data Type

String

# SSLServerCertIssuer Property ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

The issuer of the certificate.

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function getSSLServerCertIssuer();
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_get($res, 157 );
```

## Default Value

''

## Remarks

The issuer of the certificate. This property contains a string representation of the name of the issuing authority for the certificate.

This property is read-only.

## Data Type

String

# SSLServerCertPrivateKey Property ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

The private key of the certificate (if available).

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function getSSLServerCertPrivateKey();
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_get($res, 158 );
```

## Default Value

''

## Remarks

The private key of the certificate (if available). The key is provided as PEM/Base64-encoded data.

NOTE: The [SSLServerCertPrivateKey](#sslservercertprivatekey-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) may be available but not exportable. In this case, [SSLServerCertPrivateKey](#sslservercertprivatekey-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) returns an empty string.

This property is read-only.

## Data Type

String

# SSLServerCertPrivateKeyAvailable Property ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

Whether a PrivateKey is available for the selected certificate.

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function getSSLServerCertPrivateKeyAvailable();
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_get($res, 159 );
```

## Default Value

false

## Remarks

Whether a [SSLServerCertPrivateKey](#sslservercertprivatekey-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) is available for the selected certificate. If [SSLServerCertPrivateKeyAvailable](#sslservercertprivatekeyavailable-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) is True, the certificate may be used for authentication purposes (e.g., server authentication).

This property is read-only.

## Data Type

Boolean

# SSLServerCertPrivateKeyContainer Property ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

The name of the PrivateKey container for the certificate (if available).

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function getSSLServerCertPrivateKeyContainer();
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_get($res, 160 );
```

## Default Value

''

## Remarks

The name of the [SSLServerCertPrivateKey](#sslservercertprivatekey-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) container for the certificate (if available). This functionality is available only on Windows platforms.

This property is read-only.

## Data Type

String

# SSLServerCertPublicKey Property ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

The public key of the certificate.

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function getSSLServerCertPublicKey();
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_get($res, 161 );
```

## Default Value

''

## Remarks

The public key of the certificate. The key is provided as PEM/Base64-encoded data.

This property is read-only.

## Data Type

String

# SSLServerCertPublicKeyAlgorithm Property ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

The textual description of the certificate's public key algorithm.

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function getSSLServerCertPublicKeyAlgorithm();
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_get($res, 162 );
```

## Default Value

''

## Remarks

The textual description of the certificate's public key algorithm. The property contains either the name of the algorithm (e.g., "RSA" or "RSA_DH") or an object identifier (OID) string representing the algorithm.

This property is read-only.

## Data Type

String

# SSLServerCertPublicKeyLength Property ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

The length of the certificate's public key (in bits).

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function getSSLServerCertPublicKeyLength();
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_get($res, 163 );
```

## Default Value

0

## Remarks

The length of the certificate's public key (in bits). Common values are 512, 1024, and 2048.

This property is read-only.

## Data Type

Integer

# SSLServerCertSerialNumber Property ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

The serial number of the certificate encoded as a string.

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function getSSLServerCertSerialNumber();
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_get($res, 164 );
```

## Default Value

''

## Remarks

The serial number of the certificate encoded as a string. The number is encoded as a series of hexadecimal digits, with each pair representing a byte of the serial number.

This property is read-only.

## Data Type

String

# SSLServerCertSignatureAlgorithm Property ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

The text description of the certificate's signature algorithm.

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function getSSLServerCertSignatureAlgorithm();
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_get($res, 165 );
```

## Default Value

''

## Remarks

The text description of the certificate's signature algorithm. The property contains either the name of the algorithm (e.g., "RSA" or "RSA_MD5RSA") or an object identifier (OID) string representing the algorithm.

This property is read-only.

## Data Type

String

# SSLServerCertStore Property ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

The name of the certificate store for the client certificate.

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function getSSLServerCertStore();
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_get($res, 166 );
```

## Default Value

'MY'

## Remarks

The name of the certificate store for the client certificate.

The [SSLServerCertStoreType](#sslservercertstoretype-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) property denotes the type of the certificate store specified by [SSLServerCertStore](#sslservercertstore-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class). If the store is password-protected, specify the password in [SSLServerCertStorePassword](#sslservercertstorepassword-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class).

[SSLServerCertStore](#sslservercertstore-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) is used in conjunction with the [SSLServerCertSubject](#sslservercertsubject-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) property to specify client certificates. If [SSLServerCertStore](#sslservercertstore-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) has a value, and [SSLServerCertSubject](#sslservercertsubject-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) or [SSLServerCertEncoded](#sslservercertencoded-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) is set, a search for a certificate is initiated. Please see the [SSLServerCertSubject](#sslservercertsubject-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) property for details.

 Designations of certificate stores are platform dependent.

The following designations are the most common User and Machine certificate stores in Windows:

|  |  |
| --- | --- |
| MY | A certificate store holding personal certificates with their associated private keys. |
| CA | Certifying authority certificates. |
| ROOT | Root certificates. |

When the certificate store type is *cstPFXFile*, this property must be set to the name of the file. When the type is *cstPFXBlob*, the property must be set to the binary contents of a PFX file (i.e., PKCS#12 certificate store).

This property is read-only.

## Data Type

Binary String

# SSLServerCertStorePassword Property ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

If the type of certificate store requires a password, this property is used to specify the password needed to open the certificate store.

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function getSSLServerCertStorePassword();
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_get($res, 167 );
```

## Default Value

''

## Remarks

If the type of certificate store requires a password, this property is used to specify the password needed to open the certificate store.

This property is read-only.

## Data Type

String

# SSLServerCertStoreType Property ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

The type of certificate store for this certificate.

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function getSSLServerCertStoreType();
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_get($res, 168 );
```

## Possible Values

```text
AMQPCLASSIC_SSLSERVERCERTSTORETYPE_USER(0), AMQPCLASSIC_SSLSERVERCERTSTORETYPE_MACHINE(1), AMQPCLASSIC_SSLSERVERCERTSTORETYPE_PFXFILE(2), AMQPCLASSIC_SSLSERVERCERTSTORETYPE_PFXBLOB(3), AMQPCLASSIC_SSLSERVERCERTSTORETYPE_JKSFILE(4), AMQPCLASSIC_SSLSERVERCERTSTORETYPE_JKSBLOB(5), AMQPCLASSIC_SSLSERVERCERTSTORETYPE_PEMKEY_FILE(6), AMQPCLASSIC_SSLSERVERCERTSTORETYPE_PEMKEY_BLOB(7), AMQPCLASSIC_SSLSERVERCERTSTORETYPE_PUBLIC_KEY_FILE(8), AMQPCLASSIC_SSLSERVERCERTSTORETYPE_PUBLIC_KEY_BLOB(9), AMQPCLASSIC_SSLSERVERCERTSTORETYPE_SSHPUBLIC_KEY_BLOB(10), AMQPCLASSIC_SSLSERVERCERTSTORETYPE_P7BFILE(11), AMQPCLASSIC_SSLSERVERCERTSTORETYPE_P7BBLOB(12), AMQPCLASSIC_SSLSERVERCERTSTORETYPE_SSHPUBLIC_KEY_FILE(13), AMQPCLASSIC_SSLSERVERCERTSTORETYPE_PPKFILE(14), AMQPCLASSIC_SSLSERVERCERTSTORETYPE_PPKBLOB(15), AMQPCLASSIC_SSLSERVERCERTSTORETYPE_XMLFILE(16), AMQPCLASSIC_SSLSERVERCERTSTORETYPE_XMLBLOB(17), AMQPCLASSIC_SSLSERVERCERTSTORETYPE_JWKFILE(18), AMQPCLASSIC_SSLSERVERCERTSTORETYPE_JWKBLOB(19), AMQPCLASSIC_SSLSERVERCERTSTORETYPE_SECURITY_KEY(20), AMQPCLASSIC_SSLSERVERCERTSTORETYPE_BCFKSFILE(21), AMQPCLASSIC_SSLSERVERCERTSTORETYPE_BCFKSBLOB(22), AMQPCLASSIC_SSLSERVERCERTSTORETYPE_PKCS11(23), AMQPCLASSIC_SSLSERVERCERTSTORETYPE_AUTO(99)
```

## Default Value

0

## Remarks

The type of certificate store for this certificate.

 The class supports both public and private keys in a variety of formats. When the *cstAuto* value is used, the class will automatically determine the type. This property can take one of the following values:

```csharp
sftp.SSHCert = new Certificate(CertStoreTypes.cstPKCS11,
                               @"C:\Program Files\OpenSC Project\OpenSC\pkcs11\opensc-pkcs11.dll",
                               "123456", // PIN
                               "CN=cert_subject");
sftp.SSHUser = "test";
sftp.SSHLogon("myhost", 22);
```

```csharp
certmgr.CertStoreType = CertStoreTypes.cstPKCS11;
certmgr.OnCertList += (s, e) => {
  secKeyBlob = e.CertEncoded;
};
certmgr.CertStore = @"C:\Program Files\OpenSC Project\OpenSC\pkcs11\opensc-pkcs11.dll";
certmgr.CertStorePassword = "123456"; // PIN
certmgr.ListStoreCertificates();

sftp.SSHCert = new Certificate(CertStoreTypes.cstPKCS11, secKeyBlob, "123456", "*");
sftp.SSHUser = "test";
sftp.SSHLogon("myhost", 22);
```

|  |  |
| --- | --- |
| 0 (cstUser - default) | For Windows, this specifies that the certificate store is a certificate store owned by the current user. NOTE: This store type is not available in Java. |
| 1 (cstMachine) | For Windows, this specifies that the certificate store is a machine store. NOTE: This store type is not available in Java. |
| 2 (cstPFXFile) | The certificate store is the name of a PFX (PKCS#12) file containing certificates. |
| 3 (cstPFXBlob) | The certificate store is a string (binary or Base64-encoded) representing a certificate store in PFX (PKCS#12) format. |
| 4 (cstJKSFile) | The certificate store is the name of a Java Key Store (JKS) file containing certificates. NOTE: This store type is only available in Java. |
| 5 (cstJKSBlob) | The certificate store is a string (binary or Base64-encoded) representing a certificate store in Java Key Store (JKS) format. NOTE: This store type is only available in Java. |
| 6 (cstPEMKeyFile) | The certificate store is the name of a PEM-encoded file that contains a private key and an optional certificate. |
| 7 (cstPEMKeyBlob) | The certificate store is a string (binary or Base64-encoded) that contains a private key and an optional certificate. |
| 8 (cstPublicKeyFile) | The certificate store is the name of a file that contains a PEM- or DER-encoded public key certificate. |
| 9 (cstPublicKeyBlob) | The certificate store is a string (binary or Base64-encoded) that contains a PEM- or DER-encoded public key certificate. |
| 10 (cstSSHPublicKeyBlob) | The certificate store is a string (binary or Base64-encoded) that contains an SSH-style public key. |
| 11 (cstP7BFile) | The certificate store is the name of a PKCS#7 file containing certificates. |
| 12 (cstP7BBlob) | The certificate store is a string (binary) representing a certificate store in PKCS#7 format. |
| 13 (cstSSHPublicKeyFile) | The certificate store is the name of a file that contains an SSH-style public key. |
| 14 (cstPPKFile) | The certificate store is the name of a file that contains a PPK (PuTTY Private Key). |
| 15 (cstPPKBlob) | The certificate store is a string (binary) that contains a PPK (PuTTY Private Key). |
| 16 (cstXMLFile) | The certificate store is the name of a file that contains a certificate in XML format. |
| 17 (cstXMLBlob) | The certificate store is a string that contains a certificate in XML format. |
| 18 (cstJWKFile) | The certificate store is the name of a file that contains a JWK (JSON Web Key). |
| 19 (cstJWKBlob) | The certificate store is a string that contains a JWK (JSON Web Key). |
| 21 (cstBCFKSFile) | The certificate store is the name of a file that contains a BCFKS (Bouncy Castle FIPS Key Store). NOTE: This store type is only available in Java and .NET. |
| 22 (cstBCFKSBlob) | The certificate store is a string (binary or Base64-encoded) representing a certificate store in BCFKS (Bouncy Castle FIPS Key Store) format. NOTE: This store type is only available in Java and .NET. |
| 23 (cstPKCS11) | The certificate is present on a physical security key accessible via a PKCS#11 interface. To use a security key, create a new [Certificate](#Type_Certificate) object and pass cstPKCS11 as the [SSLServerCertStoreType](#sslservercertstoretype-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class), the full path of the PKCS#11 DLL as the [SSLServerCertStore](#sslservercertstore-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class), and the PIN as the [SSLServerCertStorePassword](#sslservercertstorepassword-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class). Code Example. SSH Authentication with Security Key (without CertMgr): Alternatively, collect the necessary data using the [CertMgr](#CertMgr) class by calling the [ListStoreCertificates](#CertMgr_m_ListStoreCertificates) method after setting the corresponding properties accordingly. The certificate information returned in the [CertList](#CertMgr_e_CertList) event's CertEncoded parameter may be saved for later use. When using a certificate obtained with this approach, pass the previously saved security key information as the [SSLServerCertStore](#sslservercertstore-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) and set [SSLServerCertStorePassword](#sslservercertstorepassword-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) to the PIN. Code Example. SSH Authentication with Security Key (with CertMgr): |
| 99 (cstAuto) | The store type is automatically detected from the input data. This setting may be used with both public and private keys and can detect any of the supported formats automatically. |

This property is read-only.

## Data Type

Integer

# SSLServerCertSubjectAltNames Property ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

Comma-separated lists of alternative subject names for the certificate.

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function getSSLServerCertSubjectAltNames();
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_get($res, 169 );
```

## Default Value

''

## Remarks

Comma-separated lists of alternative subject names for the certificate.

This property is read-only.

## Data Type

String

# SSLServerCertThumbprintMD5 Property ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

The MD5 hash of the certificate.

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function getSSLServerCertThumbprintMD5();
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_get($res, 170 );
```

## Default Value

''

## Remarks

The MD5 hash of the certificate. It is primarily used for X.509 certificates. If the hash does not already exist, it is automatically computed.

This property is read-only.

## Data Type

String

# SSLServerCertThumbprintSHA1 Property ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

The SHA-1 hash of the certificate.

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function getSSLServerCertThumbprintSHA1();
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_get($res, 171 );
```

## Default Value

''

## Remarks

The SHA-1 hash of the certificate. It is primarily used for X.509 certificates. If the hash does not already exist, it is automatically computed.

This property is read-only.

## Data Type

String

# SSLServerCertThumbprintSHA256 Property ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

The SHA-256 hash of the certificate.

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function getSSLServerCertThumbprintSHA256();
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_get($res, 172 );
```

## Default Value

''

## Remarks

The SHA-256 hash of the certificate. It is primarily used for X.509 certificates. If the hash does not already exist, it is automatically computed.

This property is read-only.

## Data Type

String

# SSLServerCertUsage Property ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

The text description of UsageFlags .

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function getSSLServerCertUsage();
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_get($res, 173 );
```

## Default Value

''

## Remarks

The text description of [SSLServerCertUsageFlags](#sslservercertusageflags-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class).

This value will be one or more of the following strings and will be separated by commas:

- Digital Signature
- Non-Repudiation
- Key Encipherment
- Data Encipherment
- Key Agreement
- Certificate Signing
- CRL Signing
- Encipher Only

If the provider is OpenSSL, the value is a comma-separated list of X.509 certificate extension names.

This property is read-only.

## Data Type

String

# SSLServerCertUsageFlags Property ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

The flags that show intended use for the certificate.

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function getSSLServerCertUsageFlags();
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_get($res, 174 );
```

## Default Value

0

## Remarks

The flags that show intended use for the certificate. The value of [SSLServerCertUsageFlags](#sslservercertusageflags-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) is a combination of the following flags:

|  |  |
| --- | --- |
| 0x80 | Digital Signature |
| 0x40 | Non-Repudiation |
| 0x20 | Key Encipherment |
| 0x10 | Data Encipherment |
| 0x08 | Key Agreement |
| 0x04 | Certificate Signing |
| 0x02 | CRL Signing |
| 0x01 | Encipher Only |

Please see the [SSLServerCertUsage](#sslservercertusage-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) property for a text representation of [SSLServerCertUsageFlags](#sslservercertusageflags-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class).

This functionality currently is not available when the provider is OpenSSL.

This property is read-only.

## Data Type

Integer

# SSLServerCertVersion Property ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

The certificate's version number.

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function getSSLServerCertVersion();
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_get($res, 175 );
```

## Default Value

''

## Remarks

The certificate's version number. The possible values are the strings "V1", "V2", and "V3".

This property is read-only.

## Data Type

String

# SSLServerCertSubject Property ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

The subject of the certificate used for client authentication.

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function getSSLServerCertSubject();
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_get($res, 176 );
```

## Default Value

''

## Remarks

The subject of the certificate used for client authentication.

This property must be set after all other certificate properties are set. When this property is set, a search is performed in the current certificate store to locate a certificate with a matching subject.

If a matching certificate is found, the property is set to the full subject of the matching certificate.

If an exact match is not found, the store is searched for subjects containing the value of the property.

If a match is still not found, the property is set to an empty string, and no certificate is selected.

The special value "*" picks a random certificate in the certificate store.

The certificate subject is a comma-separated list of distinguished name fields and values. For instance, "CN=www.server.com, OU=test, C=US, E=example@email.com". Common fields and their meanings are as follows:

| Field | Meaning |
| --- | --- |
| CN | Common Name. This is commonly a hostname like www.server.com. |
| O | Organization |
| OU | Organizational Unit |
| L | Locality |
| S | State |
| C | Country |
| E | Email Address |

If a field value contains a comma, it must be quoted.

This property is read-only.

## Data Type

String

# SSLServerCertEncoded Property ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

The certificate (PEM/Base64 encoded).

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function getSSLServerCertEncoded();
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_get($res, 177 );
```

## Default Value

''

## Remarks

The certificate (PEM/Base64 encoded). This property is used to assign a specific certificate. The [SSLServerCertStore](#sslservercertstore-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) and [SSLServerCertSubject](#sslservercertsubject-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) properties also may be used to specify a certificate.

When [SSLServerCertEncoded](#sslservercertencoded-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) is set, a search is initiated in the current [SSLServerCertStore](#sslservercertstore-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) for the private key of the certificate. If the key is found, [SSLServerCertSubject](#sslservercertsubject-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) is updated to reflect the full subject of the selected certificate; otherwise, [SSLServerCertSubject](#sslservercertsubject-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) is set to an empty string.

This property is read-only and not available at design time.

## Data Type

Binary String

# Timeout Property ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

This property includes the timeout for the class.

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function getTimeout();
public function setTimeout($value);
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_get($res, 178 );
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_set($res, 178, $value );
```

## Default Value

60

## Remarks

If the Timeout property is set to 0, all operations return immediately, potentially failing with a *WOULDBLOCK* error if data cannot be sent immediately.

If Timeout is set to a positive value, data is sent in a blocking manner and the class will wait for the operation to complete before returning control. The class will handle any potential *WOULDBLOCK* errors internally and automatically retry the operation for a maximum of Timeout seconds.

The class will use [DoEvents](#doevents-method-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) to enter an efficient wait loop during any potential waiting period, making sure that all system events are processed immediately as they arrive. This ensures that the host application does not freeze and remains responsive.

If Timeout expires, and the operation is not yet complete, the class fails with an error.

NOTE: By default, all timeouts are *inactivity timeouts*, that is, the timeout period is extended by Timeout seconds when any amount of data is successfully sent or received.

The default value for the Timeout property is 60 seconds.

## Data Type

Integer

# User Property ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

A username to use for SASL authentication.

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function getUser();
public function setUser($value);
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_get($res, 179 );
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_set($res, 179, $value );
```

## Default Value

''

## Remarks

This property contains a username to use for SASL authentication.

This property is not available at design time.

## Data Type

String

# VirtualHost Property ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

The virtual host to connect to.

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function getVirtualHost();
public function setVirtualHost($value);
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_get($res, 180 );
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_set($res, 180, $value );
```

## Default Value

'/'

## Remarks

This property specifies the virtual host to connect to on the server, and is set to */* by default.

Note that the configuration of the server defines what virtual hosts are available.

This setting cannot be changed while connected.

This property is not available at design time.

## Data Type

String

# BindQueue Method ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

Binds a queue to an exchange.

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function doBindQueue($channelname, $queuename, $exchangename, $routingkey, $nowait);
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_do_bindqueue($res, $channelname, $queuename, $exchangename, $routingkey, $nowait);
```

## Remarks

This method is used to bind the queue named *QueueName* to the exchange named *ExchangeName*. Exchanges use bindings to determine which queues to route messages to.

Multiple bindings between the same queue and exchange with different *RoutingKey*s and/or arguments are allowed; requests that would create a duplicate binding are ignored. No queue will ever receive duplicate copies of any message, regardless of what bindings are present on the server.

Note that all AMQP 0.9.1 servers automatically bind all queues to their default exchange (which is always a *direct* exchange with no name) using each queue's name as the binding's routing key. This makes it easy to send a message to a specific queue without having to declare bindings; just call [PublishMessage](#publishmessage-method-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class), pass empty string for *ExchangeName*, and the name of the desired queue for *RoutingKey*.

*ChannelName* controls what channel the class will send the request over. While any channel can technically be used, keep in mind that the server will close it if a channel error occurs. For this reason, it is good practice to make requests such as this one using a channel that *is not* involved in message publishing or consumption.

*QueueName* must be a non-empty string consisting only of letters, digits, hyphens, underscores, periods, and colons. It must be no longer than 255 characters.

The server's default exchange may be specified by passing empty string for *ExchangeName*. Otherwise, *ExchangeName* must be a non-empty string consisting only of letters, digits, hyphens, underscores, periods, and colons. It must be no longer than 255 characters.

The *RoutingKey* parameter specifies the binding's routing key. Exchanges that use routing-key-based logic make some sort of comparison between the routing keys of incoming messages and this value to decide which messages should be forwarded to the specified queue. Examples of exchange types which use routing keys include:

- *direct* exchanges, which compare (for equality) the routing keys of incoming messages to the routing keys of each queue bound to them.
- *topic* exchanges, which match the routing keys of incoming messages against the routing pattern of each queue bound to them.

Not all exchange types make use of routing keys, in which case empty string can be passed for the *RoutingKey* parameter. Examples of exchange types which don't use routing keys include:

- *fanout* exchanges simply forward incoming messages to all queues bound to them, unconditionally.
- *header* exchanges only forward messages that include certain headers. When binding a queue to a *header* exchange, add items to the Arguments collection to describe the headers that eligible messages must have, and whether they must have *any* or *all* of those headers.

Note that the format of the *RoutingKey* parameter and/or the content of the Arguments collection may differ slightly between server implementations. Refer to your server's documentation to determine what it expects to receive for each exchange type that it supports.

The *NoWait* parameter, if *True*, will cause the server to execute the request asynchronously. For asynchronous request handling, the server only sends back a response in case of an error.

An exception is thrown if no channel with the given *ChannelName* exists, or if the server returns an error because:

- No queue with the given *QueueName* exists.
- No exchange with the given *ExchangeName* exists.

Note that in AMQP, server errors are grouped into "connection errors" and "channel errors", and both are fatal. That is, if the server returns a channel error, it will then close the channel which caused the error; and if it returns a connection error, it will then close the connection. The AMQPClassic class's [Error Codes](#trappable-errors-amqpclassic-class) page includes AMQP's various connection and channel errors.

**Binding a Queue to an Exchange**

```csharp
// Bind a queue to an exchange. Messages will only be delivered to the queue if their routing key is "MyRoutingKey".
amqpc1.BindQueue("channel", "MyQueue", "MyExchange", "MyRoutingKey", false);
```

# CancelConsume Method ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

Cancels an existing consumer.

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function doCancelConsume($channelname, $consumertag, $nowait);
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_do_cancelconsume($res, $channelname, $consumertag, $nowait);
```

## Remarks

This method requests that the server cancel the consumer identified by the given *ConsumerTag* on the channel specified by *ChannelName*.

The *NoWait* parameter, if *True*, will cause the server to execute the request asynchronously. For asynchronous request handling, the server only sends back a response in case of an error.

An exception is thrown if no channel with the given *ChannelName* exists, or if the server returns an error because no consumer with the given *ConsumerTag* exists.

Note that in AMQP, server errors are grouped into "connection errors" and "channel errors", and both are fatal. That is, if the server returns a channel error, it will then close the channel which caused the error; and if it returns a connection error, it will then close the connection. The AMQPClassic class's [Error Codes](#trappable-errors-amqpclassic-class) page includes AMQP's various connection and channel errors.

# CloseChannel Method ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

Closes a channel.

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function doCloseChannel($channelname);
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_do_closechannel($res, $channelname);
```

## Remarks

This method closes the channel named *ChannelName* and removes it from the Channels properties.

If no channel with the given *ChannelName* exists, an exception will be thrown.

# CommitTransaction Method ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

Commits the current transaction for a channel.

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function doCommitTransaction($channelname);
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_do_committransaction($res, $channelname);
```

## Remarks

This method commits the current transaction for the channel with the given *ChannelName*. A new transaction is started immediately after the current one is committed.

Refer to [EnableTransactionMode](#enabletransactionmode-method-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) for more information about transactions.

An exception is thrown if a channel with the given *ChannelName* doesn't exist, or if the server returns an error because the channel does not have transaction mode enabled.

Note that in AMQP, server errors are grouped into "connection errors" and "channel errors", and both are fatal. That is, if the server returns a channel error, it will then close the channel which caused the error; and if it returns a connection error, it will then close the connection. The AMQPClassic class's [Error Codes](#trappable-errors-amqpclassic-class) page includes AMQP's various connection and channel errors.

# Config Method ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

Sets or retrieves a configuration setting.

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function doConfig($configurationstring);
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_do_config($res, $configurationstring);
```

## Remarks

Config is a generic method available in every class. It is used to set and retrieve [configuration settings](#config-settings-amqpclassic-class) for the class.

These settings are similar in functionality to properties, but they are rarely used. In order to avoid "polluting" the property namespace of the class, access to these *internal properties* is provided through the Config method.

To set a configuration setting named *PROPERTY*, you must call *Config("PROPERTY=VALUE")*, where *VALUE* is the value of the setting expressed as a string. For boolean values, use the strings "True", "False", "0", "1", "Yes", or "No" (case does not matter).

To read (query) the value of a [configuration setting](#config-settings-amqpclassic-class), you must call *Config("PROPERTY")*. The value will be returned as a string.

# Connect Method ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

This method connects to a remote host.

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function doConnect();
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_do_connect($res);
```

## Remarks

This method connects to the remote host specified by [RemoteHost](#remotehost-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) and [RemotePort](#remoteport-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class). For instance:

```text
component.RemoteHost = "MyHostNameOrIP";
component.RemotePort = 7777;
component.Connect();
```

# ConnectTo Method ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

This method connects to a remote host.

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function doConnectTo($host, $port);
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_do_connectto($res, $host, $port);
```

## Remarks

This method connects to the remote host specified by the *Host* and *Port* parameters. For instance:

```text
component.ConnectTo("MyHostNameOrIP", 777)
```

# Consume Method ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

Starts a new consumer for a given queue.

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function doConsume($channelname, $queuename, $consumertag, $nolocal, $noack, $exclusive, $nowait);
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_do_consume($res, $channelname, $queuename, $consumertag, $nolocal, $noack, $exclusive, $nowait);
```

## Remarks

This method instructs the server to start a new consumer on the queue named *QueueName*; once the consumer is created, it will cause messages enqueued to the specified queue to be delivered to the class over the channel specified by *ChannelName*.

Consumers last as long as the channel they were created on, or until they are cancelled using the [CancelConsume](#cancelconsume-method-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) method. Each time a message is delivered to the class, it is immediately added to the IncomingMessages collection, the ReceivedMessage property is populated, and the [MessageIn](#messagein-event-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) event fires.

*ConsumerTag* is a string which uniquely identifies the new consumer on the specified channel. If empty string is passed for *ConsumerTag*, the server will generate a consumer tag automatically when it creates the . this auto-generated consumer tag can then be retrieved by querying the [ConsumerTag](#ConsumerTag) configuration setting after this method returns.

The *NoLocal* parameter, if *True*, ensures that the consumer never consumes messages published on the same channel. (Note that this functionality is not available on RabbitMQ servers, which ignore the *NoLocal* parameter).

The *NoAck* parameter controls whether the server will expect the class to acknowledge the each message delivered. Refer to [MessageIn](#messagein-event-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) for more information about acknowledging messages.

The *Exclusive* parameter, if *True*, will cause the class to request that the server create an exclusive consumer. Attaching an exclusive consumer to a queue prevents any other consumers from consuming messages from that queue.

The *NoWait* parameter, if *True*, will cause the server to execute the request asynchronously. For asynchronous request handling, the server only sends back a response in case of an error.

Additional arguments may be sent with this request by adding them to the Arguments collection. Arguments are server-dependent; refer to your server's documentation to determine if any additional arguments apply for this request.

An exception is thrown if no channel with the given *ChannelName* exists, or if the server returns an error because:

- No queue with the given *QueueName* exists.
- The given *ConsumerTag* is already in use on the specified channel.
- An exclusive consumer was requested for a queue which already has consumers attached to it.

Note that in AMQP, server errors are grouped into "connection errors" and "channel errors", and both are fatal. That is, if the server returns a channel error, it will then close the channel which caused the error; and if it returns a connection error, it will then close the connection. The AMQPClassic class's [Error Codes](#trappable-errors-amqpclassic-class) page includes AMQP's various connection and channel errors.

**Receiving a Message**

```csharp
// MessageIn event handler.
amqpc1.OnMessageIn += (s, e) => {
  if (e.MessageCount == -1) {
    // The server pushed a message to us asynchronously due to a consumer we created.
    Console.WriteLine("The server pushed this message to us via consumer '" + e.ConsumerTag + "':");
    Console.WriteLine(amqpc1.ReceivedMessage.Body);
  } else if (e.DeliveryTag > 0) {
    // We pulled a message from a queue with the RetrieveMessage() method.
    Console.WriteLine("Message successfully pulled:");
    Console.WriteLine(amqpc1.ReceivedMessage.Body);
    Console.WriteLine(e.MessageCount + " messages are still available to pull.");
  } else {
    // We tried to pull a message, but there were none available to pull.
    Console.WriteLine("No messages available to pull.");
  }
};

// Attach a consumer to "MyQueue".
amqpc1.Consume("channel", "MyQueue", "consumerTag", false, true, false, false);

// Or, try to retrieve a message from "MyQueue".
amqpc1.RetrieveMessage("channel", "MyQueue", true);
```

# CreateChannel Method ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

Creates a new channel.

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function doCreateChannel($channelname);
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_do_createchannel($res, $channelname);
```

## Remarks

This method creates a new channel with the name *ChannelName* and adds it to the Channels properties. If a channel with the given *ChannelName* already exists, an error will be thrown.

**Connecting and Creating a Channel**

```csharp
// The examples in this documentation use a RabbitMQ server, which requires SASL Plain auth.
amqpc1.AuthScheme = AmqpclassicAuthSchemes.smSASLPlain;
amqpc1.User = "guest";
amqpc1.Password = "guest";
amqpc1.SSLEnabled = true;
amqpc1.ConnectTo("amqpclassic.test-server.com", 5671);
amqpc1.CreateChannel("channel");
```

# DeclareExchange Method ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

Verifies that an exchange exists, potentially creating it if necessary.

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function doDeclareExchange($channelname, $exchangename, $exchangetype, $passive, $durable, $autodelete, $nowait);
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_do_declareexchange($res, $channelname, $exchangename, $exchangetype, $passive, $durable, $autodelete, $nowait);
```

## Remarks

This method is used to verify that an exchange named *ExchangeName* exists; and potentially creates it if no such exchange exists.

*ChannelName* controls what channel the class will send the request over. While any channel can technically be used, keep in mind that the server will close it if a channel error occurs. For this reason, it is good practice to make requests such as this one using a channel that *is not* involved in message publishing or consumption.

*ExchangeName* must be a non-empty string consisting only of letters, digits, hyphens, underscores, periods, and colons. It must be no longer than 255 characters, and must not begin with *amq.* unless the *Passive* parameter is *True*.

*ExchangeType* specifies the exchange type. All servers support the *direct* and *fanout* exchange types, and most should also support the *topic* and *header* exchange types. Some servers may support additional, custom exchange types as well. Refer to your server's documentation for more information about each exchange type, and to determine what exchange types it supports other than *direct* and *fanout*.

If *Passive* is *True*, the server will only verify that an exchange with the given *ExchangeName* actually exists (regardless of how it is configured).

If *Passive* is *False*, and no exchange named *ExchangeName* currently exists, the server will create one.

If *Passive* is *False*, and there is a preexisting exchange named *ExchangeName*, the server will verify that its current configuration matches the given parameters and arguments.

*Durable* specifies what happens to the exchange in the event of a server restart. Durable exchanges will be recreated, while non-durable (transient) exchanges will not.

*AutoDelete* specifies whether the server should automatically delete the exchange when all queues have been unbound from it. Note that this parameter is only sent if the [RabbitMQCompatible](#RabbitMQCompatible) configuration setting is enabled; it is ignored otherwise.

The *NoWait* parameter, if *True*, will cause the server to execute the request asynchronously. For asynchronous request handling, the server only sends back a response in case of an error.

Additional arguments may be sent with this request by adding them to the Arguments collection. Arguments are server-dependent; refer to your server's documentation to determine if any additional arguments apply for this request.

An exception is thrown if no channel with the given *ChannelName* exists, or if the server returns an error because:

- One of the parameter constraints described above was violated.
- One of the verification cases described above fails.
- The value passed for *ExchangeType* did not correspond to an exchange type supported by the server.

Note that in AMQP, server errors are grouped into "connection errors" and "channel errors", and both are fatal. That is, if the server returns a channel error, it will then close the channel which caused the error; and if it returns a connection error, it will then close the connection. The AMQPClassic class's [Error Codes](#trappable-errors-amqpclassic-class) page includes AMQP's various connection and channel errors.

**Declaring an Exchange**

```csharp
// Declare a direct-type exchange.
amqpc1.DeclareExchange("channel", "MyExchange", "direct", false, false, false, false);
```

# DeclareQueue Method ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

Verifies that a queue exists, potentially creating it if necessary.

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function doDeclareQueue($channelname, $queuename, $passive, $durable, $exclusive, $autodelete, $nowait);
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_do_declarequeue($res, $channelname, $queuename, $passive, $durable, $exclusive, $autodelete, $nowait);
```

## Remarks

This method is used to verify that a queue named *QueueName* exists; and potentially creates it if no such queue exists.

After each successful call to this method, the class populates the [QueueMessageCount](#queuemessagecount-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) property, as well as the [QueueConsumerCount](#QueueConsumerCount) and [QueueName](#QueueName) configuration settings. Refer to each one for more information.

*ChannelName* controls what channel the class will send the request over. While any channel can technically be used, keep in mind that the server will close it if a channel error occurs. For this reason, it is good practice to make requests such as this one using a channel that *is not* involved in message publishing or consumption.

If creating a new queue, empty string can be passed for *QueueName* to have the server automatically generate a name for the new queue (which can then be retrieved using the [QueueName](#QueueName) configuration setting). In all other cases, *QueueName* must be a non-empty string consisting only of letters, digits, hyphens, underscores, periods, and colons. It must be no longer than 255 characters, and must not begin with *amq.* unless the *Passive* parameter is *True*.

If *Passive* is *True*, the server will only verify that a queue with the given *QueueName* actually exists (regardless of how it is configured).

If *Passive* is *False*, and no queue named *QueueName* currently exists, the server will create one.

If *Passive* is *False*, and there is a preexisting queue named *QueueName*, the server will verify that its current configuration matches the given parameters and arguments.

*Durable* specifies what happens to the queue in the event of a server restart. Durable queue will be recreated, while non-durable (transient) queue will not. (Note that the messages in durable queues will still be lost unless they are marked as persistent.)

*Exclusive*, if *True*, indicates that the queue may only be accessed by the current connection. Exclusive queues are deleted when the current connection closes.

*AutoDelete* specifies whether the server should automatically delete the queue when all consumers have finished using it. (Note that auto-delete queues aren't eligible for deletion until *after* a consumer attaches to them for the first time.)

The *NoWait* parameter, if *True*, will cause the server to execute the request asynchronously. For asynchronous request handling, the server only sends back a response in case of an error.

Additional arguments may be sent with this request by adding them to the Arguments collection. Arguments are server-dependent; refer to your server's documentation to determine if any additional arguments apply for this request.

An exception is thrown if no channel with the given *ChannelName* exists, if *QueueName* empty string and *NoWait* is *True*, or if the server returns an error because:

- One of the parameter constraints described above was violated.
- One of the verification cases described above fails.
- An attempt was made to verify (i.e., the *Passive* parameter was *True*) another connection's exclusive queue.

Note that in AMQP, server errors are grouped into "connection errors" and "channel errors", and both are fatal. That is, if the server returns a channel error, it will then close the channel which caused the error; and if it returns a connection error, it will then close the connection. The AMQPClassic class's [Error Codes](#trappable-errors-amqpclassic-class) page includes AMQP's various connection and channel errors.

**Declaring a Queue**

```csharp
// Declare a queue.
amqpc1.DeclareQueue("channel", "MyQueue", false, false, false, false, false);
```

# DeleteExchange Method ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

Deletes an exchange.

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function doDeleteExchange($channelname, $exchangename, $ifunused, $nowait);
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_do_deleteexchange($res, $channelname, $exchangename, $ifunused, $nowait);
```

## Remarks

This method is used to delete an exchange.

*ChannelName* controls what channel the class will send the request over. While any channel can technically be used, keep in mind that the server will close it if a channel error occurs. For this reason, it is good practice to make requests such as this one using a channel that *is not* involved in message publishing or consumption.

*ExchangeName* must be a non-empty string consisting only of letters, digits, hyphens, underscores, periods, and colons. It must be no longer than 255 characters, and must not begin with *amq.*.

When *IfUnused* is *True*, the server will only delete the exchange if no queues are bound to it.

The *NoWait* parameter, if *True*, will cause the server to execute the request asynchronously. For asynchronous request handling, the server only sends back a response in case of an error.

An exception is thrown if no channel with the given *ChannelName* exists, or if the server returns an error because:

- The value passed for *ExchangeName* fails one or more of the constraints described above.
- No exchange named *ExchangeName* exists. (This does not apply for RabbitMQ; attempting to delete a non-existent exchange will always succeed.)
- The *IfUnused* parameter was *True*, but the exchange still had one or more queues bound to it.

Note that in AMQP, server errors are grouped into "connection errors" and "channel errors", and both are fatal. That is, if the server returns a channel error, it will then close the channel which caused the error; and if it returns a connection error, it will then close the connection. The AMQPClassic class's [Error Codes](#trappable-errors-amqpclassic-class) page includes AMQP's various connection and channel errors.

# DeleteQueue Method ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

Deletes a queue.

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function doDeleteQueue($channelname, $queuename, $ifunused, $ifempty, $nowait);
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_do_deletequeue($res, $channelname, $queuename, $ifunused, $ifempty, $nowait);
```

## Remarks

This method is used to delete the queue named *QueueName*.

After each successful call to this method, the class populates the [QueueMessageCount](#queuemessagecount-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) property with the number of messages deleted along with the queue. (Note that this does not occur if the *NoWait* parameter is set to *True*.)

*ChannelName* controls what channel the class will send the request over. While any channel can technically be used, keep in mind that the server will close it if a channel error occurs. For this reason, it is good practice to make requests such as this one using a channel that *is not* involved in message publishing or consumption.

*QueueName* must be a non-empty string consisting only of letters, digits, hyphens, underscores, periods, and colons. It must be no longer than 255 characters, and must not begin with *amq.*.

When *IfUnused* is *True*, the server will only delete the queue if no consumers are attached to it.

When *IfEmpty* is *True*, the server will only delete the queue if it has no messages in it. (When *IfEmpty* is *False*, servers will typically move any remaining messages to a dead-letter queue, if one is available.)

The *NoWait* parameter, if *True*, will cause the server to execute the request asynchronously. For asynchronous request handling, the server only sends back a response in case of an error.

An exception is thrown if no channel with the given *ChannelName* exists, or if the server returns an error because:

- The value passed for *QueueName* fails one or more of the constraints described above.
- No queue named *QueueName* exists. (This does not apply for RabbitMQ; attempting to delete a non-existent queue will always succeed.)
- The *IfUnused* parameter was *True*, but the queue still had one or more consumers attached to it.
- The *IfEmpty* parameter was *True*, but the queue still had one or more messages in it.

Note that in AMQP, server errors are grouped into "connection errors" and "channel errors", and both are fatal. That is, if the server returns a channel error, it will then close the channel which caused the error; and if it returns a connection error, it will then close the connection. The AMQPClassic class's [Error Codes](#trappable-errors-amqpclassic-class) page includes AMQP's various connection and channel errors.

# Disconnect Method ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

This method disconnects from the remote host.

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function doDisconnect();
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_do_disconnect($res);
```

## Remarks

This method disconnects from the remote host.

# DoEvents Method ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

This method processes events from the internal message queue.

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function doEvents();
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_do_doevents($res);
```

## Remarks

When DoEvents is called, the class processes any available events. If no events are available, it waits for a preset period of time, and then returns.

# EnablePublishConfirms Method ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

Enables publish confirmations mode for a channel.

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function doEnablePublishConfirms($channelname, $nowait);
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_do_enablepublishconfirms($res, $channelname, $nowait);
```

## Remarks

This method enables publish confirmations mode for the channel with the given *ChannelName*.

While a channel is in publish confirmations mode, the server will acknowledge each message published by the class. The class will wait to fire the [MessageOut](#messageout-event-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) event until it receives this acknowledgment. (Note that this mode is only available when the [RabbitMQCompatible](#RabbitMQCompatible) configuration setting is enabled.)

Note that **a channel will stay in publish confirmations mode, once enabled, until it is deleted**.

The *NoWait* parameter, if *True*, will cause the server to execute the request asynchronously. For asynchronous request handling, the server only sends back a response in case of an error.

An exception is thrown if the [RabbitMQCompatible](#RabbitMQCompatible) configuration setting is currently *False*, if no channel with the given *ChannelName* exists, or if [EnableTransactionMode](#enabletransactionmode-method-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) has been called for the specified channel previously.

# EnableTransactionMode Method ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

Enables transaction mode for a channel.

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function doEnableTransactionMode($channelname);
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_do_enabletransactionmode($res, $channelname);
```

## Remarks

This method enables transaction mode for the channel with the given *ChannelName*.

While a channel is in transaction mode, all messages published and acknowledgements sent over it will be part of a transaction, and the server will wait to process them until the transaction is either committed or rolled back.

To commit the current transaction on a channel, call [CommitTransaction](#committransaction-method-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class); and to roll it back (and discard the messages and acknowledgements that were part of it), call [RollbackTransaction](#rollbacktransaction-method-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class).

Keep in mind that, according to the AMQP 0.9.1 specification:

- A new transaction is **always** started immediately after committing or rolling back the current one, which means that...
- ...**a channel will stay in transaction mode, once enabled, until it is deleted**.
- Transactions are only guaranteed to be atomic if all messages published *and* acknowledgements sent affect a single queue.
- Any messages published on a channel in transaction mode that have the *Mandatory* or *Immediate* flags set are not guaranteed to be included in the transaction.

An exception is thrown if no channel with the given *ChannelName* exists, or if [EnablePublishConfirms](#enablepublishconfirms-method-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) has been called for the specified channel previously.

# Interrupt Method ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

Interrupt the current action and disconnects from the remote host.

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function doInterrupt();
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_do_interrupt($res);
```

## Remarks

This method will interrupt the current method (if applicable) and cause the class to disconnect from the remote host.

# PublishMessage Method ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

Publishes a message.

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function doPublishMessage($channelname, $exchangename, $routingkey, $mandatory, $immediate);
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_do_publishmessage($res, $channelname, $exchangename, $routingkey, $mandatory, $immediate);
```

## Remarks

This method is used to publish the message specified by the Message property to the exchange named *ExchangeName* over the channel specified by *ChannelName*.

When this method is called, the message to publish is immediately added to the OutgoingMessages collection, and the [MessageOut](#messageout-event-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) event fires once it has been sent (or, if the specified channel is in "publish confirmations" mode, after the server has acknowledged it).

Note that all AMQP 0.9.1 servers automatically bind all queues to their default exchange (which is always a *direct* exchange with no name) using each queue's name as the binding's routing key. This makes it easy to send a message to a specific queue without having to declare bindings; just call PublishMessage, pass empty string for *ExchangeName*, and the name of the desired queue for *RoutingKey*.

Note that messages published over channels which are in either transaction or "publish confirmations" mode may be handled differently than they would be on a channel in normal mode. Refer to the [EnableTransactionMode](#enabletransactionmode-method-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) and [EnablePublishConfirms](#enablepublishconfirms-method-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) methods for more information about what each mode entails.

The server's default exchange may be specified by passing empty string for *ExchangeName*. Otherwise, *ExchangeName* must be a non-empty string consisting only of letters, digits, hyphens, underscores, periods, and colons. It must be no longer than 255 characters.

The *RoutingKey* parameter specifies the message's routing key. Whether this parameter needs to be non-empty, and what format it should have if so, depends on the type of exchange it is being sent to. Some exchange types may use information included with the message, such as its [MessageHeaders](#messageheaders-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class). Refer to [BindQueue](#bindqueue-method-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) for more information about how routing keys are used, and to your server's documentation for information on what it expects.

The *Mandatory* parameter controls what the server should do if the message can't be routed to any queue (either because it isn't eligible for any of the queues bound to the specified exchange because of how their bindings are configured, or because no queues are bound to the exchange in the first place). If *True*, the server will return the message, at which point the [MessageReturned](#messagereturned-event-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) event will be fired. If *False*, the server will drop the message.

The *Immediate* parameter controls what the server should do if the message can't be immediately delivered to any consumer (either because it cannot be routed to a queue, or because the queues it can be routed to have no active consumers attached to them). If *True*, the server will return the message, at which point the [MessageReturned](#messagereturned-event-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) event will be fired. If *False*, the server will queue the message if possible, or drop it if not.

An exception is thrown if no channel with the given *ChannelName* exists, or if the server returns an error because:

- The value passed for *ExchangeName* fails one or more of the constraints described above.
- No exchange named *ExchangeName* exists.
- The message is rejected for some reason.

Note that in AMQP, server errors are grouped into "connection errors" and "channel errors", and both are fatal. That is, if the server returns a channel error, it will then close the channel which caused the error; and if it returns a connection error, it will then close the connection. The AMQPClassic class's [Error Codes](#trappable-errors-amqpclassic-class) page includes AMQP's various connection and channel errors.

**Publishing a Message**

```csharp
amqpc1.Message.Body = "Hello, world!";

// Publish a message to the server's default (no-name) exchange, using the name of a specific queue as the routing key.
amqpc1.PublishMessage("channel", "", "MyQueue", false, false);

// Publish a message to the "MyExchange" exchange, using the routing key "MyRoutingKey".
amqpc1.PublishMessage("channel", "MyExchange", "MyRoutingKey", false, false);
```

# PurgeQueue Method ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

Purges all messages from a queue.

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function doPurgeQueue($channelname, $queuename, $nowait);
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_do_purgequeue($res, $channelname, $queuename, $nowait);
```

## Remarks

This method purges all messages from the queue named *QueueName*. Messages which have been sent but are awaiting acknowledgment are not affected.

After each successful call to this method, the class populates the [QueueMessageCount](#queuemessagecount-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) property with the number of messages purged from the queue. (Note that this does not occur if the *NoWait* parameter is set to *True*.)

*ChannelName* controls what channel the class will send the request over. While any channel can technically be used, keep in mind that the server will close it if a channel error occurs. For this reason, it is good practice to make requests such as this one using a channel that *is not* involved in message publishing or consumption.

*QueueName* must be a non-empty string consisting only of letters, digits, hyphens, underscores, periods, and colons. It must be no longer than 255 characters.

The *NoWait* parameter, if *True*, will cause the server to execute the request asynchronously. For asynchronous request handling, the server only sends back a response in case of an error.

An exception is thrown if no channel with the given *ChannelName* exists, or if the server returns an error because no queue named *QueueName* exists.

Note that in AMQP, server errors are grouped into "connection errors" and "channel errors", and both are fatal. That is, if the server returns a channel error, it will then close the channel which caused the error; and if it returns a connection error, it will then close the connection. The AMQPClassic class's [Error Codes](#trappable-errors-amqpclassic-class) page includes AMQP's various connection and channel errors.

# Recover Method ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

Request that the server redeliver all messages on a given channel that have not been acknowledged.

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function doRecover($channelname, $requeue);
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_do_recover($res, $channelname, $requeue);
```

## Remarks

This method is used to request that the server redeliver all messages that it previously sent to the class on the channel specified by *ChannelName* which are still awaiting acknowledgment.

A call to this method may cause the server to redeliver zero or more messages over the channel specified by *ChannelName*. Those messages will cause the [MessageIn](#messagein-event-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) event to fire with its *Redelivered* event parameter set to *True*.

The *Requeue* parameter controls how the server should attempt to redeliver the messages awaiting acknowledgment. If set to *True*, the server will simple put the messages back on their original queues, and they will be delivered like any other queued messages (potentially to other consumers). If set to *False*, the server will redeliver the messages to the class directly.

An exception is thrown if no channel with the given *ChannelName* exists, or (for RabbitMQ only) if the server returns an error because *Requeue* was *False*. (RabbitMQ only supports setting *Requeue* to *True*.)

Note that in AMQP, server errors are grouped into "connection errors" and "channel errors", and both are fatal. That is, if the server returns a channel error, it will then close the channel which caused the error; and if it returns a connection error, it will then close the connection. The AMQPClassic class's [Error Codes](#trappable-errors-amqpclassic-class) page includes AMQP's various connection and channel errors.

# Reset Method ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

This method will reset the class.

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function doReset();
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_do_reset($res);
```

## Remarks

This method will reset the class's properties to their default values.

# ResetMessage Method ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

Resets the Message properties.

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function doResetMessage();
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_do_resetmessage($res);
```

## Remarks

This method resets the Message property.

# RetrieveMessage Method ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

Attempts to retrieve a message from a given queue.

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function doRetrieveMessage($channelname, $queuename, $noack);
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_do_retrievemessage($res, $channelname, $queuename, $noack);
```

## Remarks

This method attempts to retrieve a message from the queue named *QueueName* over the channel named *ChannelName*.

If a message is retrieved as a result of this method being called, it is immediately added to the IncomingMessages collection, the ReceivedMessage property is populated, and the [MessageIn](#messagein-event-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) event fires.

Even if no message gets retrieved, the [MessageIn](#messagein-event-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) event will still fire as long as the request was successful. The server returns the number of available messages in the specified queue in response to *all* successful retrieve requests, and that count is exposed by [MessageIn](#messagein-event-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) event's *MessageCount* parameter. Refer to the [MessageIn](#messagein-event-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) event for more information.

*QueueName* must be a non-empty string consisting only of letters, digits, hyphens, underscores, periods, and colons. It must be no longer than 255 characters.

The *NoAck* parameter controls whether the server will expect the class to acknowledge the retrieved message. Refer to [MessageIn](#messagein-event-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) for more information about acknowledging messages.

An exception is thrown if no channel with the given *ChannelName* exists, or if the server returns an error because:

- No queue with the given *QueueName* exists.
- The specified queue exists, but is locked or otherwise unavailable to consume from (e.g., an exclusive consumer might be attached to it).

Note that in AMQP, server errors are grouped into "connection errors" and "channel errors", and both are fatal. That is, if the server returns a channel error, it will then close the channel which caused the error; and if it returns a connection error, it will then close the connection. The AMQPClassic class's [Error Codes](#trappable-errors-amqpclassic-class) page includes AMQP's various connection and channel errors.

**Receiving a Message**

```csharp
// MessageIn event handler.
amqpc1.OnMessageIn += (s, e) => {
  if (e.MessageCount == -1) {
    // The server pushed a message to us asynchronously due to a consumer we created.
    Console.WriteLine("The server pushed this message to us via consumer '" + e.ConsumerTag + "':");
    Console.WriteLine(amqpc1.ReceivedMessage.Body);
  } else if (e.DeliveryTag > 0) {
    // We pulled a message from a queue with the RetrieveMessage() method.
    Console.WriteLine("Message successfully pulled:");
    Console.WriteLine(amqpc1.ReceivedMessage.Body);
    Console.WriteLine(e.MessageCount + " messages are still available to pull.");
  } else {
    // We tried to pull a message, but there were none available to pull.
    Console.WriteLine("No messages available to pull.");
  }
};

// Attach a consumer to "MyQueue".
amqpc1.Consume("channel", "MyQueue", "consumerTag", false, true, false, false);

// Or, try to retrieve a message from "MyQueue".
amqpc1.RetrieveMessage("channel", "MyQueue", true);
```

# RollbackTransaction Method ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

Rolls back the current transaction for a channel.

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function doRollbackTransaction($channelname);
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_do_rollbacktransaction($res, $channelname);
```

## Remarks

This method rolls back the current transaction for the channel with the given *ChannelName*. A new transaction is started immediately after the current one is rolled back.

Refer to [EnableTransactionMode](#enabletransactionmode-method-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) for more information about transactions.

An exception is thrown if a channel with the given *ChannelName* doesn't exist, or if the server returns an error because the channel does not have transaction mode enabled.

Note that in AMQP, server errors are grouped into "connection errors" and "channel errors", and both are fatal. That is, if the server returns a channel error, it will then close the channel which caused the error; and if it returns a connection error, it will then close the connection. The AMQPClassic class's [Error Codes](#trappable-errors-amqpclassic-class) page includes AMQP's various connection and channel errors.

# SetChannelAccept Method ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

Disables or enables message acceptance for a given channel.

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function doSetChannelAccept($channelname, $accept);
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_do_setchannelaccept($res, $channelname, $accept);
```

## Remarks

This method is used to disable and enable message acceptance for the channel specified by *ChannelName*.

A channel is always configured to accept messages when first created, allowing the server to freely deliver messages to the class for any consumers that have been created on that channel using the [Consume](#consume-method-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) method.

Disabling message acceptance for a channel prevents the server from automatically delivering messages to the class over it; however, it is still possible to use the [RetrieveMessage](#retrievemessage-method-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) method to synchronously attempt to retrieve a message on a channel with message acceptance disabled.

An exception is thrown if no channel with the given *ChannelName* exists, or (for RabbitMQ only) if the server returns an error because *Accept* was *False*. (RabbitMQ does not support disabling message acceptance.)

Note that in AMQP, server errors are grouped into "connection errors" and "channel errors", and both are fatal. That is, if the server returns a channel error, it will then close the channel which caused the error; and if it returns a connection error, it will then close the connection. The AMQPClassic class's [Error Codes](#trappable-errors-amqpclassic-class) page includes AMQP's various connection and channel errors.

# SetQoS Method ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

Requests a specific quality of service (QoS).

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function doSetQoS($channelname, $prefetchsize, $prefetchcount, $global);
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_do_setqos($res, $channelname, $prefetchsize, $prefetchcount, $global);
```

## Remarks

This method is used to request a specific quality of service for a certain scope. When the *PrefetchSize* and/or *PrefetchCount* are set for a certain scope, the server will limit how many messages it sends to the class before stopping to wait for one or more of them to be acknowledged.

*ChannelName* is the name of the channel which is used to send the request. Depending on the server and what *Global* is set to, it may also be significant to the request itself (refer to the *Global* parameter's description, below, for more information).

*PrefetchSize* specifies a window size in bytes; i.e., the server will stop sending messages if the total size of all of the currently unacknowledged messages already sent, plus the size of the next message that could be sent, exceeds *PrefetchSize* bytes. A *PrefetchSize* of *0* indicates no limit. (Note that RabbitMQ does not support prefetch size limits.)

*PrefetchCount* specifies the number of unacknowledged messages the server will limit itself to sending. A *PrefetchCount* of *0* indicates no limit.

*Global* specifies the scope which the QoS request should apply to. It is interpreted differently based on whether the server is RabbitMQ or not. Refer to this table:

| Global is... | RabbitMQ | Other Servers |
| --- | --- | --- |
| False | QoS will be applied individually to each new consumer on the specified channel (existing consumers are unaffected). | QoS applied to all existing and new consumers on the specified channel. |
| True | QoS applied to all existing and new consumers on the specified channel. | QoS applied to all existing and new consumers on the whole connection. |

Keep the following things in mind when using QoS:

- The limits specified by a QoS request only affect messages that require acknowledgment.
- How the server chooses to handle interactions between QoS settings at different scopes is server-dependent.

An exception is thrown if no channel with the given *ChannelName* exists, or if the server returns an error for any reason.

Note that in AMQP, server errors are grouped into "connection errors" and "channel errors", and both are fatal. That is, if the server returns a channel error, it will then close the channel which caused the error; and if it returns a connection error, it will then close the connection. The AMQPClassic class's [Error Codes](#trappable-errors-amqpclassic-class) page includes AMQP's various connection and channel errors.

# UnbindQueue Method ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

Removes a previously-created queue binding.

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function doUnbindQueue($channelname, $queuename, $exchangename, $routingkey);
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_do_unbindqueue($res, $channelname, $queuename, $exchangename, $routingkey);
```

## Remarks

This method removes a previously-created queue binding.

*ChannelName* controls what channel the class will send the request over. While any channel can technically be used, keep in mind that the server will close it if a channel error occurs. For this reason, it is good practice to make requests such as this one using a channel that *is not* involved in message publishing or consumption.

*QueueName* must be a non-empty string consisting only of letters, digits, hyphens, underscores, periods, and colons. It must be no longer than 255 characters.

The server's default exchange may be specified by passing empty string for *ExchangeName*. Otherwise, *ExchangeName* must be a non-empty string consisting only of letters, digits, hyphens, underscores, periods, and colons. It must be no longer than 255 characters.

*RoutingKey* should be the same routing key used when originally creating the binding that is to be removed. For bindings created using arguments instead of a routing key, the Arguments collection must contain the same items used originally instead.

An exception is thrown if no channel with the given *ChannelName* exists, or if the server returns an error because:

- No queue with the given *QueueName* exists. (Does not apply to RabbitMQ.)
- No exchange with the given *ExchangeName* exists. (Does not apply to RabbitMQ.)

Note that in AMQP, server errors are grouped into "connection errors" and "channel errors", and both are fatal. That is, if the server returns a channel error, it will then close the channel which caused the error; and if it returns a connection error, it will then close the connection. The AMQPClassic class's [Error Codes](#trappable-errors-amqpclassic-class) page includes AMQP's various connection and channel errors.

# ChannelReadyToSend Event ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

Fires when a channel is ready to send messages.

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function fireChannelReadyToSend($param);
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_register_callback($res, 1, array($this, 'fireChannelReadyToSend'));
```

## Parameter List

```text
 'channelname'
```

## Remarks

This event fires when a channel is ready to send messages.

*ChannelName* is the name of the channel.

# Connected Event ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

Fired immediately after a connection completes (or fails).

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function fireConnected($param);
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_register_callback($res, 2, array($this, 'fireConnected'));
```

## Parameter List

```text
 'statuscode' 'description'
```

## Remarks

If the connection is made normally, *StatusCode* is 0 and *Description* is "OK".

If the connection fails, *StatusCode* has the error code returned by the Transmission Control Protocol (TCP)/IP stack. *Description* contains a description of this code. The value of *StatusCode* is equal to the value of the error.

Please refer to the [Error Codes](#trappable-errors-amqpclassic-class) section for more information.

# ConnectionStatus Event ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

Fired to indicate changes in the connection state.

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function fireConnectionStatus($param);
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_register_callback($res, 3, array($this, 'fireConnectionStatus'));
```

## Parameter List

```text
 'connectionevent' 'statuscode' 'description'
```

## Remarks

This event is fired when the connection state changes: for example, completion of a firewall or proxy connection or completion of a security handshake.

The *ConnectionEvent* parameter indicates the type of connection event. Values may include the following:

|  |  |
| --- | --- |
|  | Firewall connection complete. |
|  | Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) or S/Shell handshake complete (where applicable). |
|  | Remote host connection complete. |
|  | Remote host disconnected. |
|  | SSL or S/Shell connection broken. |
|  | Firewall host disconnected. |

 *StatusCode* has the error code returned by the Transmission Control Protocol (TCP)/IP stack. *Description* contains a description of this code. The value of *StatusCode* is equal to the value of the error.

# Disconnected Event ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

Fired when a connection is closed.

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function fireDisconnected($param);
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_register_callback($res, 4, array($this, 'fireDisconnected'));
```

## Parameter List

```text
 'statuscode' 'description'
```

## Remarks

If the connection is broken normally, *StatusCode* is 0 and *Description* is "OK".

If the connection is broken for any other reason, *StatusCode* has the error code returned by the Transmission Control Protocol (TCP/IP) subsystem. *Description* contains a description of this code. The value of *StatusCode* is equal to the value of the TCP/IP error.

Please refer to the [Error Codes](#trappable-errors-amqpclassic-class) section for more information.

# Error Event ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

Fired when information is available about errors during data delivery.

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function fireError($param);
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_register_callback($res, 5, array($this, 'fireError'));
```

## Parameter List

```text
 'errorcode' 'description'
```

## Remarks

The Error event is fired in case of exceptional conditions during message processing. Normally the class fails with an error.

The *ErrorCode* parameter contains an error code, and the *Description* parameter contains a textual description of the error. For a list of valid error codes and their descriptions, please refer to the [Error Codes](#trappable-errors-amqpclassic-class) section.

# Log Event ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

Fires once for each log message.

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function fireLog($param);
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_register_callback($res, 6, array($this, 'fireLog'));
```

## Parameter List

```text
 'loglevel' 'message' 'logtype'
```

## Remarks

This event fires once for each log message generated by the class. The verbosity is controlled by the [LogLevel](#LogLevel) setting.

*LogLevel* indicates the level of the *Message*. Possible values are:

|  |  |
| --- | --- |
| 0 (None) | No events are logged. |
| 1 (Info - default) | Informational events are logged. |
| 2 (Verbose) | Detailed data is logged. |
| 3 (Debug) | Debug data is logged. |

*LogType* identifies the type of log entry. Possible values are:

- Info: General information about the class.
- Frame: Frame status messages.

# MessageIn Event ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

Fires when a message is received; as well as when an attempt is made to fetch a message from a currently empty queue.

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function fireMessageIn($param);
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_register_callback($res, 7, array($this, 'fireMessageIn'));
```

## Parameter List

```text
 'channelname' 'consumertag' 'deliverytag' 'redelivered' 'exchangename' 'routingkey' 'messagecount' 'accept'
```

## Remarks

This event fires anytime a message is received. There are two possible ways for the class to receive a message:

- Messages can be asynchronously *pushed* to the class from the server. At any point in time, the server may push a message to the class from a queue that the [Consume](#consume-method-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) method has been used to attach a consumer to.
- Messages can be synchronously *pulled* from the server by the class. The [RetrieveMessage](#retrievemessage-method-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) method is used to attempt to pull (or "retrieve") messages from a specific queue.

This event *also* fires anytime [RetrieveMessage](#retrievemessage-method-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) is called against a queue that currently has no messages available to pull. This is a special case, and results in only the *ChannelName* and *MessageCount* event parameters being populated.

Other than that special case, and any exceptions noted below, this event's parameters are populated the same way regardless of the manner in which messages are received.

*ChannelName* always reflects the name of the associated channel.

*ConsumerTag* reflects the consumer tag associated with the consumer that caused the server to push the message to the class. (*ConsumerTag* is always empty for messages pulled from the server by [RetrieveMessage](#retrievemessage-method-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) since no consumers are involved.)

*DeliveryTag* reflects the server-assigned, channel-specific delivery tag number for the incoming message.

*Redelivered* reflects whether the server is redelivering a message that is has delivered previously.

*ExchangeName* reflects the name of the exchange to which the incoming message was originally published. (If the message was originally published to the server's default exchange, whose name is always the empty string, *ExchangeName* will also be empty.)

*RoutingKey* reflects the routing key that the message was originally published with.

*MessageCount* is always *-1* when this event fires due to a message being pushed to the class by the server. When this event fires as a result of [RetrieveMessage](#retrievemessage-method-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) being called, *MessageCount* reflects the number of messages still available in the queue the class tried to pull a message from (even if there were no messages available to pull).

The *Accept* parameter can be set to control how the class responds to the incoming message, if it needs to be acknowledged (if the message doesn't need to be acknowledged, the value set to the *Accept* parameter is ignored). Valid values are:

- *0* - *default*: Accept the message; send a positive acknowledgment.
- *1*: Silently accept the message; don't send any acknowledgment.
- *2*: Accept the message; send a cumulative positive acknowledgment covering this, and all previously unacknowledged, messages.
- *3*: Reject the message; send a negative acknowledgment for it, and instruct the server not to return it to the queue.
- *4*: Reject the message; send a negative acknowledgment for it, and instruct the server to return it to the queue.

 If the [RabbitMQCompatible](#RabbitMQCompatible) configuration setting is enabled, then the [NackMultiple](#NackMultiple) configuration setting can be used to control whether the two "reject" options (*3* and *4*) should function as cumulative or singular negative acknowledgements. By default [NackMultiple](#NackMultiple) is disabled, and all negative acknowledgements are singular.

If the value provided for the *Accept* parameter isn't one of those described above, the default (*0*) will be used instead.

**Receiving a Message**

```csharp
// MessageIn event handler.
amqpc1.OnMessageIn += (s, e) => {
  if (e.MessageCount == -1) {
    // The server pushed a message to us asynchronously due to a consumer we created.
    Console.WriteLine("The server pushed this message to us via consumer '" + e.ConsumerTag + "':");
    Console.WriteLine(amqpc1.ReceivedMessage.Body);
  } else if (e.DeliveryTag > 0) {
    // We pulled a message from a queue with the RetrieveMessage() method.
    Console.WriteLine("Message successfully pulled:");
    Console.WriteLine(amqpc1.ReceivedMessage.Body);
    Console.WriteLine(e.MessageCount + " messages are still available to pull.");
  } else {
    // We tried to pull a message, but there were none available to pull.
    Console.WriteLine("No messages available to pull.");
  }
};

// Attach a consumer to "MyQueue".
amqpc1.Consume("channel", "MyQueue", "consumerTag", false, true, false, false);

// Or, try to retrieve a message from "MyQueue".
amqpc1.RetrieveMessage("channel", "MyQueue", true);
```

# MessageOut Event ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

Fires when a message is published.

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function fireMessageOut($param);
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_register_callback($res, 8, array($this, 'fireMessageOut'));
```

## Parameter List

```text
 'channelname' 'exchangename' 'routingkey' 'messageid' 'deliverytag' 'accepted'
```

## Remarks

This event fires anytime a message is published; or after an outgoing message has been acknowledged by the server, if the channel it was published on is in "publish confirmations" mode.

*ChannelName* reflects the name of the channel the message was published on.

*ExchangeName* reflects the name of the exchange the message was published to. (If the message was published to the server's default exchange, whose name is always the empty string, *ExchangeName* will also be empty.)

*RoutingKey* reflects the routing key that the message was published with.

*MessageId* reflects the message's unique Id, if one was set.

*DeliveryTag* reflects the channel-specific delivery tag number for the message. (Note that this is only populated for messages published on a channel in "publish confirmations" mode; otherwise it will be set to *-1*.)

*Accepted* indicates whether the server published back a positive *True* or negative *False* acknowledgment for the outgoing message. Note that this is only valid for messages published on a channel in "publish confirmations" mode; *Accepted* will always be *True* messages published on a channel in normal or transaction mode.

Refer to [EnablePublishConfirms](#enablepublishconfirms-method-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) for more information about channels in "publish confirmations" mode.

# MessageReturned Event ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

Fires if a previously published message is returned by the server due to it being undeliverable.

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function fireMessageReturned($param);
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_register_callback($res, 9, array($this, 'fireMessageReturned'));
```

## Parameter List

```text
 'channelname' 'replycode' 'replytext' 'exchangename' 'routingkey'
```

## Remarks

This event fires if the server returns a previously published message because it could not deliver it. Typically, messages are only undeliverable in one of the following situations:

- The message was originally published with the *Mandatory* option enabled, but there were no queues it could be routed to.
- The message was originally published with the *Immediate* option enabled, but there were no consumers it could be delivered to immediately on any queue it was routed to (or there were no queues it could be routed to).

The ReceivedMessage property will be populated with the returned message.

*ChannelName* reflects the name of the channel the message was originally published on.

*ReplyCode* will be an AMQP error code that indicates the reason why the message was returned. (Tip: The AMQPClassic class's [Error Codes](#trappable-errors-amqpclassic-class) page includes the various AMQP error codes.)

*ReplyText* will be a message with further details about why the message was returned.

*ExchangeName* reflects the name of the exchange to which the message was originally published. (If the message was originally published to the server's default exchange, whose name is always the empty string, *ExchangeName* will also be empty.)

*RoutingKey* reflects the routing key that the message was originally published with.

# SSLServerAuthentication Event ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

Fired after the server presents its certificate to the client.

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function fireSSLServerAuthentication($param);
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_register_callback($res, 10, array($this, 'fireSSLServerAuthentication'));
```

## Parameter List

```text
 'certencoded' 'certsubject' 'certissuer' 'status' 'accept'
```

## Remarks

During this event, the client can decide whether or not to continue with the connection process. The *Accept* parameter is a recommendation on whether to continue or close the connection. This is just a suggestion: application software must use its own logic to determine whether or not to continue.

 When *Accept* is False, *Status* shows why the verification failed (otherwise, *Status* contains the string *OK*). If it is decided to continue, you can override and accept the certificate by setting the *Accept* parameter to True.

# SSLStatus Event ([IPWorksIoT_AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

Fired when secure connection progress messages are available.

## Object Oriented Interface

```text
public function fireSSLStatus($param);
```

## Procedural Interface

```text
ipworksiot_amqpclassic_register_callback($res, 11, array($this, 'fireSSLStatus'));
```

## Parameter List

```text
 'message'
```

## Remarks

The event is fired for informational and logging purposes only. This event tracks the progress of the connection.

# Config Settings ([AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

 The class accepts one or more of the following *configuration settings*. Configuration settings are similar in functionality to properties, but they are rarely used. In order to avoid "polluting" the property namespace of the class, access to these *internal properties* is provided through the [Config](#config-method-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) method.

### AMQPClassic Config Settings

**AuthorizationIdentity**: The value to use as the authorization identity when SASL authentication is used.When [AuthScheme](#authscheme-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) is set to smSASLPlain you may use this setting to specify an authorization identity to be used when authenticating.

**ConsumerTag**: The consumer tag associated with the most recently created consumer.Each time the [Consume](#consume-method-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) method is called to create a new consumer, the server will send back a confirmation which includes the consumer tag value for that consumer, and the class will update this setting's value accordingly.

It is possible to pass empty string for the *ConsumerTag* parameter when calling the [Consume](#consume-method-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) method, in which case the server will auto-generate a consumer tag.

**Locale**: The desired message locale to use.This setting specifies the desired message locale, which will be compared to the server's list of supported message locales during the connection process. A connection attempt will fail if this setting is set to a locale not supported by the server. This setting cannot be changed while connected.

The default value is "en_US", which is supported by all AMQP 0.9.1 servers.

**Locales**: The message locales supported by the server.After a connection attempt (regardless of its success) this setting will reflect the various message locales that the server supports.

The value of this setting is formatted as a space-separated list of message locales.

**LogLevel**: The level of detail that is logged.This setting controls the level of detail that is logged through the [Log](#log-event-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) event. Possible values are:

|  |  |
| --- | --- |
| 0 (None) | No events are logged. |
| 1 (Info - default) | Informational events are logged. |
| 2 (Verbose) | Detailed data is logged. |
| 3 (Debug) | Debug data is logged. |

**MaxChannelCount**: The maximum number of channels.This setting specifies the maximum number of channels which can be opened. This setting cannot be changed while connected.

The default is 65535 (0xFFFF). Note that this value is negotiated during the connection process; if the value provided by the server is lower than the specified value, the server's value will be used instead (and this setting will be updated accordingly).

**MaxFrameSize**: The maximum frame size.This setting specifies the maximum frame size (in bytes) that the class will accept. This setting cannot be changed while connected.

The default is 2147483647 (0x7FFFFFFF). Note that this value is negotiated during the connection process; if the value provided by the server is lower than the specified value, the server's value will be used instead (and this setting will be updated accordingly).

**Mechanisms**: The authentication mechanisms supported by the server.After a connection attempt (regardless of its success) this setting will reflect the various authentication mechanisms that the server supports.

The value of this setting is formatted as a space-separated list of authentication mechanisms.

**NackMultiple**: Whether negative acknowledgments should be cumulative or not.If the [RabbitMQCompatible](#RabbitMQCompatible) configuration setting is enabled, this setting controls whether the negative message acknowledgments the class sends based on the value of the [MessageIn](#messagein-event-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) event's *Accept* parameter should be cumulative (*True*) or singular (*False - default*).

This setting does nothing if the [RabbitMQCompatible](#RabbitMQCompatible) configuration setting is disabled.

**ProtocolVersion**: The AMQP protocol version to conform to.This setting can be queried to determine what AMQP protocol version the class conforms to.

Note: Currently this setting will always return "0.9.1", and cannot be changed. The [AMQP](AMQP.md#AMQP) class may be used instead of this one if AMQP 1.0 support is needed.

**QueueConsumerCount**: The consumer count associated with the most recently created (or verified) queue.Each time the [DeclareQueue](#declarequeue-method-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) method is called successfully (and with its *NoWait* parameter set to *False*), the server returns information about the queue in question, causing the class to update this setting with the number of consumers attached to that queue.

**QueueName**: The queue name associated with the most recently created (or verified) queue.Each time the [DeclareQueue](#declarequeue-method-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) method is called successfully (and with its *NoWait* parameter set to *False*), the server returns information about the queue in question, causing the class to update this setting with the name of that queue.

It is possible to pass empty string for the *QueueName* parameter when calling the [DeclareQueue](#declarequeue-method-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) method to have the server create a new queue with an automatically generated name, which can then be retrieved by querying this setting.

**RabbitMQCompatible**: Whether to operate in a mode compatible with RabbitMQ.This setting controls whether the class will operate in such a way as to be compatible with RabbitMQ. When enabled, the class complies with the parts of the [RabbitMQ AMQP 0.9.1 Errata](https://www.rabbitmq.com/amqp-0-9-1-errata.html) that are relevant to AMQP 0.9.1 client implementations, as well as offering additional features to support RabbitMQ-specific extensions to the AMQP 0.9.1 specification.

The default is *True*.

### TCPClient Config Settings

**ConnectionTimeout**: Sets a separate timeout value for establishing a connection.When set, this configuration setting allows you to specify a different timeout value for establishing a connection. Otherwise, the class will use [Timeout](#timeout-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) for establishing a connection and transmitting/receiving data.

**EnableFallback**: Whether to try the other addresses the remote host resolves to when a connection attempt fails.When set to True and [RemoteHost](#remotehost-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) resolves to more than one address, the class will try the remaining addresses in turn if the connection to the first one fails, and only fails with an error once every address has been tried. The error reported is the one from the last attempt. Use [FallbackTimeout](#FallbackTimeout) to limit the total time spent.

NOTE: Only addresses of the same IP version as the first one are tried, this setting does not fall back from IPv6 to IPv4. Selecting between IPv6 and IPv4 is done by [UseIPv6](#UseIPv6) when the host is resolved.

This setting must be set before the connection is established. The default value for this setting is False.

**FallbackTimeout**: The maximum time in milliseconds to spend on connection attempts when EnableFallback is enabled.This setting limits the total time that the class will spend on all of the connection attempts made when [EnableFallback](#EnableFallback) is enabled. The default value is 0, in which case each attempt uses the operating system's own connection timeout.

NOTE: This setting only applies when [EnableFallback](#EnableFallback) is True. It is unrelated to [ConnectionTimeout](#ConnectionTimeout), which is specified in seconds and applies to the [Connected](#connected-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) operation as a whole.

**FirewallAutoDetect**: Tells the class whether or not to automatically detect and use firewall system settings, if available.This configuration setting is provided for use by classes that do not directly expose Firewall properties.

**FirewallHost**: Name or IP address of firewall (optional).If a [FirewallHost](#FirewallHost) is given, requested connections will be authenticated through the specified firewall when connecting.

If the [FirewallHost](#FirewallHost) setting is set to a Domain Name, a DNS request is initiated. Upon successful termination of the request, the [FirewallHost](#FirewallHost) setting is set to the corresponding address. If the search is not successful, an error is returned.

NOTE: This setting is provided for use by classes that do not directly expose Firewall properties.

**FirewallHTTPVersion**: The HTTP version to be used when connecting through a tunneling proxy.When [FirewallType](#FirewallType) is set to a tunneling proxy, this setting dictates which HTTP version is used when connecting.

**FirewallPassword**: Password to be used if authentication is to be used when connecting through the firewall.If [FirewallHost](#FirewallHost) is specified, the [FirewallUser](#FirewallUser) and [FirewallPassword](#FirewallPassword) settings are used to connect and authenticate to the given firewall. If the authentication fails, the class fails with an error.

NOTE: This setting is provided for use by classes that do not directly expose Firewall properties.

**FirewallPort**: The TCP port for the FirewallHost;.The [FirewallPort](#FirewallPort) is set automatically when [FirewallType](#FirewallType) is set to a valid value.

NOTE: This configuration setting is provided for use by classes that do not directly expose Firewall properties.

**FirewallType**: Determines the type of firewall to connect through.Possible values are as follows:

|  |  |
| --- | --- |
| 0 | No firewall (default setting). |
| 1 | Connect through a tunneling proxy. [FirewallPort](#FirewallPort) is set to 80. |
| 2 | Connect through a SOCKS4 Proxy. [FirewallPort](#FirewallPort) is set to 1080. |
| 3 | Connect through a SOCKS5 Proxy. [FirewallPort](#FirewallPort) is set to 1080. |
| 10 | Connect through a SOCKS4A Proxy. [FirewallPort](#FirewallPort) is set to 1080. |

NOTE: This setting is provided for use by classes that do not directly expose Firewall properties.

**FirewallUser**: A user name if authentication is to be used connecting through a firewall.If the [FirewallHost](#FirewallHost) is specified, the [FirewallUser](#FirewallUser) and [FirewallPassword](#FirewallPassword) settings are used to connect and authenticate to the Firewall. If the authentication fails, the class fails with an error.

NOTE: This setting is provided for use by classes that do not directly expose Firewall properties.

**KeepAliveInterval**: The retry interval, in milliseconds, to be used when a TCP keep-alive packet is sent and no response is received.When set, [TCPKeepAlive](#TCPKeepAlive) will automatically be set to True. A TCP keep-alive packet will be sent after a period of inactivity as defined by [KeepAliveTime](#KeepAliveTime). If no acknowledgment is received from the remote host, the keep-alive packet will be sent again. This configuration setting specifies the interval at which the successive keep-alive packets are sent in milliseconds. This system default if this value is not specified here is 1 second.

NOTE: This value is not applicable in macOS.

**KeepAliveTime**: The inactivity time in milliseconds before a TCP keep-alive packet is sent.When set, [TCPKeepAlive](#TCPKeepAlive) will automatically be set to True. By default, the operating system will determine the time a connection is idle before a Transmission Control Protocol (TCP) keep-alive packet is sent. This system default if this value is not specified here is 2 hours. In many cases, a shorter interval is more useful. Set this value to the desired interval in milliseconds.

**Linger**: When set to True, connections are terminated gracefully.This property controls how a connection is closed. The default is True.

In the case that Linger is True (default), two scenarios determine how long the connection will linger. In the first, if [LingerTime](#LingerTime) is 0 (default), the system will attempt to send pending data for a connection until the default IP timeout expires.

In the second scenario, if [LingerTime](#LingerTime) is a positive value, the system will attempt to send pending data until the specified [LingerTime](#LingerTime) is reached. If this attempt fails, then the system will reset the connection.

The default behavior (which is also the default mode for stream sockets) might result in a long delay in closing the connection. Although the class returns control immediately, the system could hold system resources until all pending data are sent (even after your application closes).

Setting this property to False forces an immediate disconnection. If you know that the other side has received all the data you sent (e.g., by a client acknowledgment), setting this property to False might be the appropriate course of action.

**LingerTime**: Time in seconds to have the connection linger. LingerTime is the time, in seconds, the socket connection will linger. This value is 0 by default, which means it will use the default IP timeout.

**LocalHost**: The name of the local host through which connections are initiated or accepted. The [LocalHost](#localhost-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) setting contains the name of the local host as obtained by the *gethostname()* system call, or if the user has assigned an IP address, the value of that address.

In multihomed hosts (machines with more than one IP interface), setting LocalHost to the value of an interface will make the class initiate connections (or accept in the case of server classes) only through that interface.

If the class is connected, the [LocalHost](#localhost-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) setting shows the IP address of the interface through which the connection is made in internet dotted format (aaa.bbb.ccc.ddd). In most cases, this is the address of the local host, except for multihomed hosts (machines with more than one IP interface).

**LocalPort**: The port in the local host where the class binds. This configuration setting must be set before a connection is attempted. It instructs the class to bind to a specific port (or communication endpoint) in the local machine.

Setting this to 0 (default) enables the system to choose a port at random. The chosen port will be shown by [LocalPort](#localport-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) after the connection is established.

[LocalPort](#localport-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) cannot be changed once a connection is made. Any attempt to set this when a connection is active will generate an error.

This configuration setting is useful when trying to connect to services that require a trusted port on the client side. An example is the remote shell (rsh) service in UNIX systems.

**MaxLineLength**: The maximum amount of data to accumulate when no EOL is found.[MaxLineLength](#MaxLineLength) is the size of an internal buffer, which holds received data while waiting for an EOL string.

If an EOL string is found in the input stream before [MaxLineLength](#MaxLineLength) bytes are received, the DataIn event is fired with the *EOL* parameter set to True, and the buffer is reset.

If no EOL is found, and [MaxLineLength](#MaxLineLength) bytes are accumulated in the buffer, the DataIn event is fired with the *EOL* parameter set to False, and the buffer is reset.

The minimum value for [MaxLineLength](#MaxLineLength) is 256 bytes. The default value is 2048 bytes.

**MaxTransferRate**: The transfer rate limit in bytes per second.This configuration setting can be used to throttle outbound TCP traffic. Set this to the number of bytes to be sent per second. By default, this is not set and there is no limit.

**ProxyExceptionsList**: A semicolon separated list of hosts and IPs to bypass when using a proxy.This configuration setting optionally specifies a semicolon-separated list of hostnames or IP addresses to bypass when a proxy is in use. When requests are made to hosts specified in this property, the proxy will not be used. For instance:

*www.google.com;www.example.com*

**TCPKeepAlive**: Determines whether or not the keep alive socket option is enabled.If set to True, the socket's keep-alive option is enabled and keep-alive packets will be sent periodically to maintain the connection. Set [KeepAliveTime](#KeepAliveTime) and [KeepAliveInterval](#KeepAliveInterval) to configure the timing of the keep-alive packets.

NOTE: This value is not applicable in Java.

**TcpNoDelay**: Whether or not to delay when sending packets. When set to True, the socket will send all data that are ready to send at once. When set to False, the socket will send smaller buffered packets of data at small intervals. This is known as the Nagle algorithm.

By default, this configuration setting is set to False.

**UseIPv6**: Whether to use IPv6.When set to *0* (default), the class will use IPv4 exclusively. When set to *1*, the class will use IPv6 exclusively. To instruct the class to prefer IPv6 addresses, but use IPv4 if IPv6 is not supported on the system, this setting should be set to *2*. The default value is *0*. Possible values are as follows:

|  |  |
| --- | --- |
| 0 | IPv4 only |
| 1 | IPv6 only |
| 2 | IPv6 with IPv4 fallback |

**UseNTLMv2**: Whether to use NTLM V2.When authenticating with NTLM, this setting specifies whether NTLM V2 is used. By default this value is True and NTLM V2 will be used. Set this to False to use NTLM V1.

### SSL Config Settings

**LogSSLPackets**: Controls whether SSL packets are logged when using the internal security API.When [SSLProvider](#sslprovider-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) is set to *Internal*, this configuration setting controls whether Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) packets should be logged. By default, this configuration setting is *False*, as it is useful only for debugging purposes.

When enabled, SSL packet logs are output using the [SSLStatus](#sslstatus-event-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) event, which will fire each time an SSL packet is sent or received.

Enabling this configuration setting has no effect if [SSLProvider](#sslprovider-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) is set to *Platform*.

**OpenSSLCADir**: The path to a directory containing CA certificates.This functionality is available only when the provider is OpenSSL.

The path set by this property should point to a directory containing CA certificates in PEM format. The files each contain one CA certificate. The files are looked up by the CA subject name hash value, which must hence be available. If more than one CA certificate with the same name hash value exist, the extension must be different (e.g., 9d66eef0.0, 9d66eef0.1). OpenSSL recommends the use of the c_rehash utility to create the necessary links. Please refer to the OpenSSL man page SSL_CTX_load_verify_locations(3) for details.

**OpenSSLCAFile**: Name of the file containing the list of CA's trusted by your application.This functionality is available only when the provider is OpenSSL.

The file set by this property should contain a list of CA certificates in PEM format. The file can contain several CA certificates identified by the following sequences:

 -----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----

 ... (CA certificate in base64 encoding) ...

 -----END CERTIFICATE-----

 Before, between, and after the certificate text is allowed, which can be used, for example, for descriptions of the certificates. Refer to the OpenSSL man page SSL_CTX_load_verify_locations(3) for details.

**OpenSSLCipherList**: A string that controls the ciphers to be used by SSL.This functionality is available only when the provider is OpenSSL.

The format of this string is described in the OpenSSL man page ciphers(1) section "CIPHER LIST FORMAT". Please refer to it for details. The default string "DEFAULT" is determined at compile time and is normally equivalent to "ALL:!ADH:RC4+RSA:+SSLv2:@STRENGTH".

**OpenSSLPrngSeedData**: The data to seed the pseudo random number generator (PRNG).This functionality is available only when the provider is OpenSSL.

By default, OpenSSL uses the device file "/dev/urandom" to seed the PRNG, and setting OpenSSLPrngSeedData is not required. If set, the string specified is used to seed the PRNG.

**ReuseSSLSession**: Determines if the SSL session is reused.

If set to True, the class will reuse the context if and only if the following criteria are met:

- The target host name is the same.
- The system cache entry has not expired (default timeout is 10 hours).
- The application process that calls the function is the same.
- The logon session is the same.
- The instance of the class is the same.

**SSLCACertFilePaths**: The paths to CA certificate files on Unix/Linux.This configuration setting specifies the paths on disk to CA certificate files on Unix/Linux.

The value is formatted as a list of paths separated by semicolons. The class will check for the existence of each file in the order specified. When a file is found, the CA certificates within the file will be loaded and used to determine the validity of server or client certificates.

The default value is as follows:

*/etc/ssl/ca-bundle.pem;/etc/pki/tls/certs/ca-bundle.crt;/etc/ssl/certs/ca-certificates.crt;/etc/pki/tls/cacert.pem*

**SSLCACerts**: A newline separated list of CA certificates to be included when performing an SSL handshake.When [SSLProvider](#sslprovider-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) is set to *Internal*, this configuration setting specifies one or more CA certificates to be included with the SSLCert property. Some servers or clients require the entire chain, including CA certificates, to be presented when performing SSL authentication. The value of this configuration setting is a newline-separated (CR/LF) list of certificates. For instance:

```text
-----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----
MIIEKzCCAxOgAwIBAgIRANTET4LIkxdH6P+CFIiHvTowDQYJKoZIhvcNAQELBQAw
... Intermediate Cert ...
eWHV5OW1K53o/atv59sOiW5K3crjFhsBOd5Q+cJJnU+SWinPKtANXMht+EDvYY2w
F0I1XhM+pKj7FjDr+XNj
-----END CERTIFICATE-----
\r \n
-----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----
MIIEFjCCAv6gAwIBAgIQetu1SMxpnENAnnOz1P+PtTANBgkqhkiG9w0BAQUFADBp
... Root Cert ...
d8q23djXZbVYiIfE9ebr4g3152BlVCHZ2GyPdjhIuLeH21VbT/dyEHHA
-----END CERTIFICATE-----
```

**SSLCheckCRL**: Whether to check the Certificate Revocation List for the server certificate.This configuration setting specifies whether the class will check the Certificate Revocation List (CRL) specified by the server certificate. If set to 1 or 2, the class will first obtain the list of CRL URLs from the server certificate's CRL distribution points extension. The class will then make HTTP requests to each CRL endpoint to check the validity of the server's certificate. If the certificate has been revoked or any other issues are found during validation the class fails with an error.

When set to 0 (default), the CRL check will not be performed by the class. When set to 1, it will attempt to perform the CRL check, but it will continue without an error if the server's certificate does not support CRL. When set to 2, it will perform the CRL check and will throw an error if CRL is not supported.

This configuration setting is supported only in the Java, C#, and C++ editions. In the C++ edition, it is supported only on Windows operating systems.

**SSLCheckOCSP**: Whether to use OCSP to check the status of the server certificate.This configuration setting specifies whether the class will use OCSP to check the validity of the server certificate. If set to 1 or 2, the class will first obtain the Online Certificate Status Protocol (OCSP) URL from the server certificate's OCSP extension. The class will then locate the issuing certificate and make an HTTP request to the OCSP endpoint to check the validity of the server's certificate. If the certificate has been revoked or any other issues are found during validation, the class fails with an error.

When set to 0 (default), the class will not perform an OCSP check. When set to 1, it will attempt to perform the OCSP check, but it will continue without an error if the server's certificate does not support OCSP. When set to 2, it will perform the OCSP check and will throw an error if OCSP is not supported.

This configuration setting is supported only in the Java, C#, and C++ editions. In the C++ edition, it is supported only on Windows operating systems.

**SSLCipherStrength**: The minimum cipher strength used for bulk encryption. This minimum cipher strength is largely dependent on the security modules installed on the system. If the cipher strength specified is not supported, an error will be returned when connections are initiated.

NOTE: This configuration setting contains the minimum cipher strength requested from the security library. The actual cipher strength used for the connection is shown by the [SSLStatus](#sslstatus-event-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) event.

Use this configuration setting with caution. Requesting a lower cipher strength than necessary could potentially cause serious security vulnerabilities in your application.

When the provider is OpenSSL, [SSLCipherStrength](#SSLCipherStrength) is currently not supported. This functionality is instead made available through the [OpenSSLCipherList](#OpenSSLCipherList) configuration setting.

**SSLClientCACerts**: A newline separated list of CA certificates to use during SSL client certificate validation.This configuration setting is only applicable to server components (e.g., TCPServer) see [SSLServerCACerts](#SSLServerCACerts) for client components (e.g., TCPClient). This setting can be used to optionally specify one or more CA certificates to be used when verifying the client certificate that is presented by the client during the SSL handshake when SSLAuthenticateClients is enabled. When verifying the client's certificate, the certificates trusted by the system will be used as part of the verification process. If the client's CA certificates are not installed to the trusted system store, they may be specified here so they are included when performing the verification process. This configuration setting should be set only if the client's CA certificates are not already trusted on the system and cannot be installed to the trusted system store.

The value of this configuration setting is a newline-separated (CR/LF) list of certificates. For instance:

```text
-----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----
MIIEKzCCAxOgAwIBAgIRANTET4LIkxdH6P+CFIiHvTowDQYJKoZIhvcNAQELBQAw
... Intermediate Cert ...
eWHV5OW1K53o/atv59sOiW5K3crjFhsBOd5Q+cJJnU+SWinPKtANXMht+EDvYY2w
F0I1XhM+pKj7FjDr+XNj
-----END CERTIFICATE-----
\r \n
-----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----
MIIEFjCCAv6gAwIBAgIQetu1SMxpnENAnnOz1P+PtTANBgkqhkiG9w0BAQUFADBp
... Root Cert ...
d8q23djXZbVYiIfE9ebr4g3152BlVCHZ2GyPdjhIuLeH21VbT/dyEHHA
-----END CERTIFICATE-----
```

**SSLEnabledCipherSuites**: The cipher suite to be used in an SSL negotiation.This configuration setting enables the cipher suites to be used in SSL negotiation.

By default, the enabled cipher suites will include all available ciphers ("*").

The special value "*" means that the class will pick all of the supported cipher suites. If [SSLEnabledCipherSuites](#SSLEnabledCipherSuites) is set to any other value, only the specified cipher suites will be considered.

Multiple cipher suites are separated by semicolons.

Example values when [SSLProvider](#sslprovider-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) is set to *Platform* include the following:

```text
obj.config("SSLEnabledCipherSuites=*");
obj.config("SSLEnabledCipherSuites=CALG_AES_256");
obj.config("SSLEnabledCipherSuites=CALG_AES_256;CALG_3DES");
```

 Possible values when [SSLProvider](#sslprovider-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) is set to *Platform* include the following:

- CALG_3DES
- CALG_3DES_112
- CALG_AES
- CALG_AES_128
- CALG_AES_192
- CALG_AES_256
- CALG_AGREEDKEY_ANY
- CALG_CYLINK_MEK
- CALG_DES
- CALG_DESX
- CALG_DH_EPHEM
- CALG_DH_SF
- CALG_DSS_SIGN
- CALG_ECDH
- CALG_ECDH_EPHEM
- CALG_ECDSA
- CALG_ECMQV
- CALG_HASH_REPLACE_OWF
- CALG_HUGHES_MD5
- CALG_HMAC
- CALG_KEA_KEYX
- CALG_MAC
- CALG_MD2
- CALG_MD4
- CALG_MD5
- CALG_NO_SIGN
- CALG_OID_INFO_CNG_ONLY
- CALG_OID_INFO_PARAMETERS
- CALG_PCT1_MASTER
- CALG_RC2
- CALG_RC4
- CALG_RC5
- CALG_RSA_KEYX
- CALG_RSA_SIGN
- CALG_SCHANNEL_ENC_KEY
- CALG_SCHANNEL_MAC_KEY
- CALG_SCHANNEL_MASTER_HASH
- CALG_SEAL
- CALG_SHA
- CALG_SHA1
- CALG_SHA_256
- CALG_SHA_384
- CALG_SHA_512
- CALG_SKIPJACK
- CALG_SSL2_MASTER
- CALG_SSL3_MASTER
- CALG_SSL3_SHAMD5
- CALG_TEK
- CALG_TLS1_MASTER
- CALG_TLS1PRF

 Example values when [SSLProvider](#sslprovider-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) is set to *Internal*include the following:

```text
obj.config("SSLEnabledCipherSuites=*");
obj.config("SSLEnabledCipherSuites=TLS_DHE_DSS_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA");
obj.config("SSLEnabledCipherSuites=TLS_DHE_DSS_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA;TLS_ECDH_RSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA");
```

 Possible values when [SSLProvider](#sslprovider-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) is set to *Internal* include the following:

- TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_AES_256_GCM_SHA384
- TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256
- TLS_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256
- TLS_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_AES_256_GCM_SHA384
- TLS_ECDH_ECDSA_WITH_AES_256_GCM_SHA384
- TLS_RSA_WITH_AES_256_GCM_SHA384
- TLS_RSA_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256
- TLS_ECDH_ECDSA_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256
- TLS_DHE_DSS_WITH_AES_256_GCM_SHA384
- TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_AES_256_GCM_SHA384
- TLS_ECDH_RSA_WITH_AES_256_GCM_SHA384
- TLS_ECDH_RSA_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256
- TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256
- TLS_DHE_DSS_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256
- TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA384
- TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA256
- TLS_ECDH_ECDSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA384
- TLS_DHE_DSS_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA256
- TLS_RSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA256
- TLS_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA384
- TLS_ECDH_RSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA384
- TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA256
- TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA256
- TLS_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA256
- TLS_RSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA256
- TLS_ECDH_ECDSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA256
- TLS_ECDH_RSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA256
- TLS_DHE_DSS_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA256
- TLS_RSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA
- TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA
- TLS_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA
- TLS_ECDH_ECDSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA
- TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA
- TLS_ECDH_RSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA
- TLS_DHE_DSS_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA
- TLS_RSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA
- TLS_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA
- TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA
- TLS_ECDH_ECDSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA
- TLS_ECDH_RSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA
- TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA
- TLS_DHE_DSS_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA
- TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_3DES_EDE_CBC_SHA
- TLS_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_3DES_EDE_CBC_SHA
- TLS_ECDH_ECDSA_WITH_3DES_EDE_CBC_SHA
- TLS_ECDH_RSA_WITH_3DES_EDE_CBC_SHA
- TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_3DES_EDE_CBC_SHA
- TLS_DHE_DSS_WITH_3DES_EDE_CBC_SHA
- TLS_RSA_WITH_3DES_EDE_CBC_SHA
- TLS_RSA_WITH_DES_CBC_SHA
- TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_DES_CBC_SHA
- TLS_DHE_DSS_WITH_DES_CBC_SHA
- TLS_RSA_WITH_RC4_128_MD5
- TLS_RSA_WITH_RC4_128_SHA

When TLS 1.3 is negotiated (see [SSLEnabledProtocols](#SSLEnabledProtocols)), only the following cipher suites are supported:

- TLS_AES_256_GCM_SHA384
- TLS_CHACHA20_POLY1305_SHA256
- TLS_AES_128_GCM_SHA256

[SSLEnabledCipherSuites](#SSLEnabledCipherSuites) is used together with [SSLCipherStrength](#SSLCipherStrength).

**SSLEnabledProtocols**: Used to enable/disable the supported security protocols.This configuration setting is used to enable or disable the supported security protocols.

Not all supported protocols are enabled by default. The default value is *4032* for client components, and *3072* for server components. To specify a combination of enabled protocol versions set this config to the binary *OR* of one or more of the following values:

|  |  |
| --- | --- |
| TLS1.3 | 12288 (Hex 3000) |
| TLS1.2 | 3072 (Hex C00) (Default - Client and Server) |
| TLS1.1 | 768 (Hex 300) (Default - Client) |
| TLS1 | 192 (Hex C0) (Default - Client) |
| SSL3 | 48 (Hex 30) |
| SSL2 | 12 (Hex 0C) |

Note that only TLS 1.2 is enabled for server components that accept incoming connections. This adheres to industry standards to ensure a secure connection. Client components enable TLS 1.0, TLS 1.1, and TLS 1.2 by default and will negotiate the highest mutually supported version when connecting to a server, which should be TLS 1.2 in most cases.

**SSLEnabledProtocols: Transport Layer Security (TLS) 1.3 Notes:**

By default when TLS 1.3 is enabled, the class will first try to use the platform TLS 1.3 implementation when the [SSLProvider](#sslprovider-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) is set to Automatic for all editions. If the platform TLS 1.3 implementation is not available, the internal implementation will be used.

In editions that are designed to run on Windows, [SSLProvider](#sslprovider-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) can be set to Platform to use the platform implementation instead of the internal implementation. When configured in this manner, please note that the platform provider is supported only on Windows 11/Windows Server 2022 and up. The default internal provider is available on all platforms and is not restricted to any specific OS version.

If set to *1* (Platform provider), please be aware of the following notes:

- The platform provider is available only on Windows 11/Windows Server 2022 and up.
- [SSLEnabledCipherSuites](#SSLEnabledCipherSuites) and other similar SSL configuration settings are not supported.
- If [SSLEnabledProtocols](#SSLEnabledProtocols) includes both TLS 1.3 and TLS 1.2, these restrictions are still applicable even if TLS 1.2 is negotiated. Enabling TLS 1.3 with the platform provider changes the implementation used for all TLS versions.

**SSLEnabledProtocols: SSL2 and SSL3 Notes: **

SSL 2.0 and 3.0 are not supported by the class when the [SSLProvider](#sslprovider-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) is set to internal. To use SSL 2.0 or SSL 3.0, the platform security API must have the protocols enabled and [SSLProvider](#sslprovider-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) needs to be set to platform.

**SSLEnableRenegotiation**: Whether the renegotiation_info SSL extension is supported.This configuration setting specifies whether the renegotiation_info SSL extension will be used in the request when using the internal security API. This configuration setting is *false* by default, but it can be set to *true* to enable the extension.

This configuration setting is applicable only when [SSLProvider](#sslprovider-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) is set to *Internal*.

**SSLIncludeCertChain**: Whether the entire certificate chain is included in the SSLServerAuthentication event.This configuration setting specifies whether the Encoded parameter of the [SSLServerAuthentication](#sslserverauthentication-event-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) event contains the full certificate chain. By default this value is False and only the leaf certificate will be present in the Encoded parameter of the [SSLServerAuthentication](#sslserverauthentication-event-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) event.

If set to True, all certificates returned by the server will be present in the Encoded parameter of the [SSLServerAuthentication](#sslserverauthentication-event-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) event. This includes the leaf certificate, any intermediate certificate, and the root certificate.

**SSLKeyLogFile**: The location of a file where per-session secrets are written for debugging purposes.This configuration setting optionally specifies the full path to a file on disk where per-session secrets are stored for debugging purposes.

When set, the class will save the session secrets in the same format as the SSLKEYLOGFILE environment variable functionality used by most major browsers and tools, such as Chrome, Firefox, and cURL. This file can then be used in tools such as Wireshark to decrypt TLS traffic for debugging purposes. When writing to this file, the class will only append, it will not overwrite previous values.

NOTE: This configuration setting is applicable only when [SSLProvider](#sslprovider-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) is set to *Internal*.

**SSLNegotiatedCipher**: Returns the negotiated cipher suite.This configuration setting returns the cipher suite negotiated during the SSL handshake.

NOTE: For server components (e.g., TCPServer), this is a per-connection configuration setting accessed by passing the ConnectionId. For example:

```csharp
server.Config("SSLNegotiatedCipher[connId]");
```

**SSLNegotiatedCipherStrength**: Returns the negotiated cipher suite strength.This configuration setting returns the strength of the cipher suite negotiated during the SSL handshake.

NOTE: For server components (e.g., TCPServer), this is a per-connection configuration setting accessed by passing the ConnectionId. For example:

```csharp
server.Config("SSLNegotiatedCipherStrength[connId]");
```

**SSLNegotiatedCipherSuite**: Returns the negotiated cipher suite.This configuration setting returns the cipher suite negotiated during the SSL handshake represented as a single string.

NOTE: For server components (e.g., TCPServer), this is a per-connection configuration setting accessed by passing the ConnectionId. For example:

```csharp
server.Config("SSLNegotiatedCipherSuite[connId]");
```

**SSLNegotiatedKeyExchange**: Returns the negotiated key exchange algorithm.This configuration setting returns the key exchange algorithm negotiated during the SSL handshake.

NOTE: For server components (e.g., TCPServer), this is a per-connection configuration setting accessed by passing the ConnectionId. For example:

```csharp
server.Config("SSLNegotiatedKeyExchange[connId]");
```

**SSLNegotiatedKeyExchangeStrength**: Returns the negotiated key exchange algorithm strength.This configuration setting returns the strength of the key exchange algorithm negotiated during the SSL handshake.

NOTE: For server components (e.g., TCPServer), this is a per-connection configuration setting accessed by passing the ConnectionId. For example:

```csharp
server.Config("SSLNegotiatedKeyExchangeStrength[connId]");
```

**SSLNegotiatedVersion**: Returns the negotiated protocol version.This configuration setting returns the protocol version negotiated during the SSL handshake.

NOTE: For server components (e.g., TCPServer), this is a per-connection configuration setting accessed by passing the ConnectionId. For example:

```csharp
server.Config("SSLNegotiatedVersion[connId]");
```

**SSLSecurityFlags**: Flags that control certificate verification.The following flags are defined (specified in hexadecimal notation). They can be ORed together to exclude multiple conditions:

|  |  |
| --- | --- |
| 0x00000001 | Ignore time validity status of certificate. |
| 0x00000002 | Ignore time validity status of CTL. |
| 0x00000004 | Ignore non-nested certificate times. |
| 0x00000010 | Allow unknown certificate authority. |
| 0x00000020 | Ignore wrong certificate usage. |
| 0x00000100 | Ignore unknown certificate revocation status. |
| 0x00000200 | Ignore unknown CTL signer revocation status. |
| 0x00000400 | Ignore unknown certificate authority revocation status. |
| 0x00000800 | Ignore unknown root revocation status. |
| 0x00008000 | Allow test root certificate. |
| 0x00004000 | Trust test root certificate. |
| 0x80000000 | Ignore non-matching CN (certificate CN non-matching server name). |

This functionality is currently not available when the provider is OpenSSL.

**SSLServerCACerts**: A newline separated list of CA certificates to use during SSL server certificate validation.This configuration setting is only used by client components (e.g., TCPClient) see [SSLClientCACerts](#SSLClientCACerts) for server components (e.g., TCPServer). This configuration setting can be used to optionally specify one or more CA certificates to be used when connecting to the server and verifying the server certificate. When verifying the server's certificate, the certificates trusted by the system will be used as part of the verification process. If the server's CA certificates are not installed to the trusted system store, they may be specified here so they are included when performing the verification process. This configuration setting should be set only if the server's CA certificates are not already trusted on the system and cannot be installed to the trusted system store.

The value of this configuration setting is a newline-separated (CR/LF) list of certificates. For instance:

```text
-----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----
MIIEKzCCAxOgAwIBAgIRANTET4LIkxdH6P+CFIiHvTowDQYJKoZIhvcNAQELBQAw
... Intermediate Cert...
eWHV5OW1K53o/atv59sOiW5K3crjFhsBOd5Q+cJJnU+SWinPKtANXMht+EDvYY2w
F0I1XhM+pKj7FjDr+XNj
-----END CERTIFICATE-----
\r \n
-----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----
MIIEFjCCAv6gAwIBAgIQetu1SMxpnENAnnOz1P+PtTANBgkqhkiG9w0BAQUFADBp
... Root Cert...
d8q23djXZbVYiIfE9ebr4g3152BlVCHZ2GyPdjhIuLeH21VbT/dyEHHA
-----END CERTIFICATE-----
```

**TLS12SignatureAlgorithms**: Defines the allowed TLS 1.2 signature algorithms when SSLProvider is set to Internal.This configuration setting specifies the allowed server certificate signature algorithms when [SSLProvider](#sslprovider-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) is set to *Internal* and [SSLEnabledProtocols](#SSLEnabledProtocols) is set to allow TLS 1.2.

When specified the class will verify that the server certificate signature algorithm is among the values specified in this configuration setting. If the server certificate signature algorithm is unsupported, the class fails with an error.

The format of this value is a comma-separated list of hash-signature combinations. For instance:

```csharp
component.SSLProvider = TCPClientSSLProviders.sslpInternal;
component.Config("SSLEnabledProtocols=3072"); //TLS 1.2
component.Config("TLS12SignatureAlgorithms=sha256-rsa,sha256-dsa,sha1-rsa,sha1-dsa");
```

 The default value for this configuration setting is *sha512-ecdsa,sha512-rsa,sha512-dsa,sha384-ecdsa,sha384-rsa,sha384-dsa,sha256-ecdsa,sha256-rsa,sha256-dsa,sha224-ecdsa,sha224-rsa,sha224-dsa,sha1-ecdsa,sha1-rsa,sha1-dsa*.

To not restrict the server's certificate signature algorithm, specify an empty string as the value for this configuration setting, which will cause the signature_algorithms TLS 1.2 extension to not be sent.

**TLS12SupportedGroups**: The supported groups for ECC.This configuration setting specifies a comma-separated list of named groups used in TLS 1.2 for ECC.

The default value is *ecdhe_secp256r1,ecdhe_secp384r1,ecdhe_secp521r1*.

When using TLS 1.2 and [SSLProvider](#sslprovider-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) is set to *Internal*, the values refer to the supported groups for ECC. The following values are supported:

- "ecdhe_secp256r1" (default)
- "ecdhe_secp384r1" (default)
- "ecdhe_secp521r1" (default)

**TLS13KeyShareGroups**: The groups for which to pregenerate key shares.This configuration setting specifies a comma-separated list of named groups used in TLS 1.3 for key exchange. The groups specified here will have key share data pregenerated locally before establishing a connection. This can prevent an additional roundtrip during the handshake if the group is supported by the server.

The default value is set to balance common supported groups and the computational resources required to generate key shares. As a result, only some groups are included by default in this configuration setting.

NOTE: All supported groups can always be used during the handshake even if not listed here, but if a group is used that is not present in this list, it will incur an additional roundtrip and time to generate the key share for that group.

In most cases, this configuration setting does not need to be modified. This should be modified only if there is a specific reason to do so.

The default value is *ecdhe_x25519,ecdhe_secp256r1,ecdhe_secp384r1,ffdhe_2048,ffdhe_3072*

The values are ordered from most preferred to least preferred. The following values are supported:

- "ecdhe_x25519" (default)
- "ecdhe_x448"
- "ecdhe_secp256r1" (default)
- "ecdhe_secp384r1" (default)
- "ecdhe_secp521r1"
- "ffdhe_2048" (default)
- "ffdhe_3072" (default)
- "ffdhe_4096"
- "ffdhe_6144"
- "ffdhe_8192"

**TLS13SignatureAlgorithms**: The allowed certificate signature algorithms.This configuration setting holds a comma-separated list of allowed signature algorithms. Possible values include the following:

- "ed25519" (default)
- "ed448" (default)
- "ecdsa_secp256r1_sha256" (default)
- "ecdsa_secp384r1_sha384" (default)
- "ecdsa_secp521r1_sha512" (default)
- "rsa_pkcs1_sha256" (default)
- "rsa_pkcs1_sha384" (default)
- "rsa_pkcs1_sha512" (default)
- "rsa_pss_sha256" (default)
- "rsa_pss_sha384" (default)
- "rsa_pss_sha512" (default)

 The default value is *rsa_pss_sha256,rsa_pss_sha384,rsa_pss_sha512,rsa_pkcs1_sha256,rsa_pkcs1_sha384,rsa_pkcs1_sha512,ecdsa_secp256r1_sha256,ecdsa_secp384r1_sha384,ecdsa_secp521r1_sha512,ed25519,ed448*. This configuration setting is applicable only when [SSLEnabledProtocols](#SSLEnabledProtocols) includes TLS 1.3.

**TLS13SupportedGroups**: The supported groups for (EC)DHE key exchange.This configuration setting specifies a comma-separated list of named groups used in TLS 1.3 for key exchange. This configuration setting should be modified only if there is a specific reason to do so.

The default value is *ecdhe_x25519,ecdhe_x448,ecdhe_secp256r1,ecdhe_secp384r1,ecdhe_secp521r1,ffdhe_2048,ffdhe_3072,ffdhe_4096,ffdhe_6144,ffdhe_8192,mlkem_512,mlkem_768,mlkem_1024,x25519_mlkem_768,secp256r1_mlkem_768*

The values are ordered from most preferred to least preferred. The following values are supported:

- "ecdhe_x25519" (default)
- "ecdhe_x448" (default)
- "ecdhe_secp256r1" (default)
- "ecdhe_secp384r1" (default)
- "ecdhe_secp521r1" (default)
- "ffdhe_2048" (default)
- "ffdhe_3072" (default)
- "ffdhe_4096" (default)
- "ffdhe_6144" (default)
- "ffdhe_8192" (default)
- "mlkem_512" (default)
- "mlkem_768" (default)
- "mlkem_1024" (default)
- "x25519_mlkem_768" (default)
- "secp256r1_mlkem_768" (default)

Post-quantum algorithms (*mlkem_512,mlkem_768,mlkem_1024,x25519_mlkem_768,secp256r1_mlkem_768*) in our components rely on the operating system's underlying cryptographic primitives. The following platforms are currently supported:

-  Windows Server 2025
-  Windows 11 24H2
-  Windows 11 25H2

### Socket Config Settings

**AbsoluteTimeout**: Determines whether timeouts are inactivity timeouts or absolute timeouts.If [AbsoluteTimeout](#AbsoluteTimeout) is set to True, any method that does not complete within [Timeout](#timeout-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) seconds will be aborted. By default, *AbsoluteTimeout* is False, and the timeout is an inactivity timeout.

NOTE: This option is not valid for User Datagram Protocol (UDP) ports.

**FirewallData**: Used to send extra data to the firewall.When the firewall is a tunneling proxy, use this property to send custom (additional) headers to the firewall (e.g., headers for custom authentication schemes).

**InBufferSize**: The size in bytes of the incoming queue of the socket.This is the size of an internal queue in the Transmission Control Protocol (TCP)/IP stack. You can increase or decrease its size depending on the amount of data that you will be receiving. In some cases, increasing the value of the *InBufferSize* setting can provide significant improvements in performance.

Some TCP/IP implementations do not support variable buffer sizes. If that is the case, when the class is activated the *InBufferSize* reverts to its defined size. The same happens if you attempt to make it too large or too small.

**OutBufferSize**: The size in bytes of the outgoing queue of the socket.This is the size of an internal queue in the TCP/IP stack. You can increase or decrease its size depending on the amount of data that you will be sending. In some cases, increasing the value of the *OutBufferSize* setting can provide significant improvements in performance.

Some TCP/IP implementations do not support variable buffer sizes. If that is the case, when the class is activated the *OutBufferSize* reverts to its defined size. The same happens if you attempt to make it too large or too small.

### Base Config Settings

**BuildInfo**: Information about the product's build.When queried, this setting will return a string containing information about the product's build.

**CodePage**: The system code page used for Unicode to Multibyte translations.The default code page is Unicode UTF-8 (65001).

The following is a list of valid code page identifiers:

|  |  |
| --- | --- |
| Identifier | Name |
| 037 | IBM EBCDIC - U.S./Canada |
| 437 | OEM - United States |
| 500 | IBM EBCDIC - International |
| 708 | Arabic - ASMO 708 |
| 709 | Arabic - ASMO 449+, BCON V4 |
| 710 | Arabic - Transparent Arabic |
| 720 | Arabic - Transparent ASMO |
| 737 | OEM - Greek (formerly 437G) |
| 775 | OEM - Baltic |
| 850 | OEM - Multilingual Latin I |
| 852 | OEM - Latin II |
| 855 | OEM - Cyrillic (primarily Russian) |
| 857 | OEM - Turkish |
| 858 | OEM - Multilingual Latin I + Euro symbol |
| 860 | OEM - Portuguese |
| 861 | OEM - Icelandic |
| 862 | OEM - Hebrew |
| 863 | OEM - Canadian-French |
| 864 | OEM - Arabic |
| 865 | OEM - Nordic |
| 866 | OEM - Russian |
| 869 | OEM - Modern Greek |
| 870 | IBM EBCDIC - Multilingual/ROECE (Latin-2) |
| 874 | ANSI/OEM - Thai (same as 28605, ISO 8859-15) |
| 875 | IBM EBCDIC - Modern Greek |
| 932 | ANSI/OEM - Japanese, Shift-JIS |
| 936 | ANSI/OEM - Simplified Chinese (PRC, Singapore) |
| 949 | ANSI/OEM - Korean (Unified Hangul Code) |
| 950 | ANSI/OEM - Traditional Chinese (Taiwan; Hong Kong SAR, PRC) |
| 1026 | IBM EBCDIC - Turkish (Latin-5) |
| 1047 | IBM EBCDIC - Latin 1/Open System |
| 1140 | IBM EBCDIC - U.S./Canada (037 + Euro symbol) |
| 1141 | IBM EBCDIC - Germany (20273 + Euro symbol) |
| 1142 | IBM EBCDIC - Denmark/Norway (20277 + Euro symbol) |
| 1143 | IBM EBCDIC - Finland/Sweden (20278 + Euro symbol) |
| 1144 | IBM EBCDIC - Italy (20280 + Euro symbol) |
| 1145 | IBM EBCDIC - Latin America/Spain (20284 + Euro symbol) |
| 1146 | IBM EBCDIC - United Kingdom (20285 + Euro symbol) |
| 1147 | IBM EBCDIC - France (20297 + Euro symbol) |
| 1148 | IBM EBCDIC - International (500 + Euro symbol) |
| 1149 | IBM EBCDIC - Icelandic (20871 + Euro symbol) |
| 1200 | Unicode UCS-2 Little-Endian (BMP of ISO 10646) |
| 1201 | Unicode UCS-2 Big-Endian |
| 1250 | ANSI - Central European |
| 1251 | ANSI - Cyrillic |
| 1252 | ANSI - Latin I |
| 1253 | ANSI - Greek |
| 1254 | ANSI - Turkish |
| 1255 | ANSI - Hebrew |
| 1256 | ANSI - Arabic |
| 1257 | ANSI - Baltic |
| 1258 | ANSI/OEM - Vietnamese |
| 1361 | Korean (Johab) |
| 10000 | MAC - Roman |
| 10001 | MAC - Japanese |
| 10002 | MAC - Traditional Chinese (Big5) |
| 10003 | MAC - Korean |
| 10004 | MAC - Arabic |
| 10005 | MAC - Hebrew |
| 10006 | MAC - Greek I |
| 10007 | MAC - Cyrillic |
| 10008 | MAC - Simplified Chinese (GB 2312) |
| 10010 | MAC - Romania |
| 10017 | MAC - Ukraine |
| 10021 | MAC - Thai |
| 10029 | MAC - Latin II |
| 10079 | MAC - Icelandic |
| 10081 | MAC - Turkish |
| 10082 | MAC - Croatia |
| 12000 | Unicode UCS-4 Little-Endian |
| 12001 | Unicode UCS-4 Big-Endian |
| 20000 | CNS - Taiwan |
| 20001 | TCA - Taiwan |
| 20002 | Eten - Taiwan |
| 20003 | IBM5550 - Taiwan |
| 20004 | TeleText - Taiwan |
| 20005 | Wang - Taiwan |
| 20105 | IA5 IRV International Alphabet No. 5 (7-bit) |
| 20106 | IA5 German (7-bit) |
| 20107 | IA5 Swedish (7-bit) |
| 20108 | IA5 Norwegian (7-bit) |
| 20127 | US-ASCII (7-bit) |
| 20261 | T.61 |
| 20269 | ISO 6937 Non-Spacing Accent |
| 20273 | IBM EBCDIC - Germany |
| 20277 | IBM EBCDIC - Denmark/Norway |
| 20278 | IBM EBCDIC - Finland/Sweden |
| 20280 | IBM EBCDIC - Italy |
| 20284 | IBM EBCDIC - Latin America/Spain |
| 20285 | IBM EBCDIC - United Kingdom |
| 20290 | IBM EBCDIC - Japanese Katakana Extended |
| 20297 | IBM EBCDIC - France |
| 20420 | IBM EBCDIC - Arabic |
| 20423 | IBM EBCDIC - Greek |
| 20424 | IBM EBCDIC - Hebrew |
| 20833 | IBM EBCDIC - Korean Extended |
| 20838 | IBM EBCDIC - Thai |
| 20866 | Russian - KOI8-R |
| 20871 | IBM EBCDIC - Icelandic |
| 20880 | IBM EBCDIC - Cyrillic (Russian) |
| 20905 | IBM EBCDIC - Turkish |
| 20924 | IBM EBCDIC - Latin-1/Open System (1047 + Euro symbol) |
| 20932 | JIS X 0208-1990 & 0121-1990 |
| 20936 | Simplified Chinese (GB2312) |
| 21025 | IBM EBCDIC - Cyrillic (Serbian, Bulgarian) |
| 21027 | Extended Alpha Lowercase |
| 21866 | Ukrainian (KOI8-U) |
| 28591 | ISO 8859-1 Latin I |
| 28592 | ISO 8859-2 Central Europe |
| 28593 | ISO 8859-3 Latin 3 |
| 28594 | ISO 8859-4 Baltic |
| 28595 | ISO 8859-5 Cyrillic |
| 28596 | ISO 8859-6 Arabic |
| 28597 | ISO 8859-7 Greek |
| 28598 | ISO 8859-8 Hebrew |
| 28599 | ISO 8859-9 Latin 5 |
| 28605 | ISO 8859-15 Latin 9 |
| 29001 | Europa 3 |
| 38598 | ISO 8859-8 Hebrew |
| 50220 | ISO 2022 Japanese with no halfwidth Katakana |
| 50221 | ISO 2022 Japanese with halfwidth Katakana |
| 50222 | ISO 2022 Japanese JIS X 0201-1989 |
| 50225 | ISO 2022 Korean |
| 50227 | ISO 2022 Simplified Chinese |
| 50229 | ISO 2022 Traditional Chinese |
| 50930 | Japanese (Katakana) Extended |
| 50931 | US/Canada and Japanese |
| 50933 | Korean Extended and Korean |
| 50935 | Simplified Chinese Extended and Simplified Chinese |
| 50936 | Simplified Chinese |
| 50937 | US/Canada and Traditional Chinese |
| 50939 | Japanese (Latin) Extended and Japanese |
| 51932 | EUC - Japanese |
| 51936 | EUC - Simplified Chinese |
| 51949 | EUC - Korean |
| 51950 | EUC - Traditional Chinese |
| 52936 | HZ-GB2312 Simplified Chinese |
| 54936 | Windows XP: GB18030 Simplified Chinese (4 Byte) |
| 57002 | ISCII Devanagari |
| 57003 | ISCII Bengali |
| 57004 | ISCII Tamil |
| 57005 | ISCII Telugu |
| 57006 | ISCII Assamese |
| 57007 | ISCII Oriya |
| 57008 | ISCII Kannada |
| 57009 | ISCII Malayalam |
| 57010 | ISCII Gujarati |
| 57011 | ISCII Punjabi |
| 65000 | Unicode UTF-7 |
| 65001 | Unicode UTF-8 |

 The following is a list of valid code page identifiers for Mac OS only:

|  |  |
| --- | --- |
| Identifier | Name |
| 1 | ASCII |
| 2 | NEXTSTEP |
| 3 | JapaneseEUC |
| 4 | UTF8 |
| 5 | ISOLatin1 |
| 6 | Symbol |
| 7 | NonLossyASCII |
| 8 | ShiftJIS |
| 9 | ISOLatin2 |
| 10 | Unicode |
| 11 | WindowsCP1251 |
| 12 | WindowsCP1252 |
| 13 | WindowsCP1253 |
| 14 | WindowsCP1254 |
| 15 | WindowsCP1250 |
| 21 | ISO2022JP |
| 30 | MacOSRoman |
| 10 | UTF16String |
| 0x90000100 | UTF16BigEndian |
| 0x94000100 | UTF16LittleEndian |
| 0x8c000100 | UTF32String |
| 0x98000100 | UTF32BigEndian |
| 0x9c000100 | UTF32LittleEndian |
| 65536 | Proprietary |

**LicenseInfo**: Information about the current license.When queried, this setting will return a string containing information about the license this instance of a class is using. It will return the following information:

- Product: The product the license is for.
- Product Key: The key the license was generated from.
- License Source: Where the license was found (e.g., RuntimeLicense, License File).
- License Type: The type of license installed (e.g., Royalty Free, Single Server).
- Last Valid Build: The last valid build number for which the license will work.

**MaskSensitiveData**: Whether sensitive data is masked in log messages.In certain circumstances it may be beneficial to mask sensitive data, like passwords, in log messages. Set this to *true* to mask sensitive data. The default is *true*.

**ProcessIdleEvents**: Whether the class uses its internal event loop to process events when the main thread is idle.If set to False, the class will not fire internal idle events. Set this to False to use the class in a background thread on Mac OS. By default, this setting is True.

**SelectWaitMillis**: The length of time in milliseconds the class will wait when DoEvents is called if there are no events to process.If there are no events to process when [DoEvents](#doevents-method-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) is called, the class will wait for the amount of time specified here before returning. The default value is 20.

**UseFIPSCompliantAPI**: Tells the class whether or not to use FIPS certified APIs.When set to *true*, the class will utilize the underlying operating system's certified APIs. Java editions, regardless of OS, utilize Bouncy Castle Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS), while all other Windows editions make use of Microsoft security libraries.

FIPS mode can be enabled by setting the *UseFIPSCompliantAPI* configuration setting to *true*. This is a static setting that applies to all instances of all classes of the toolkit within the process. It is recommended to enable or disable this setting once before the component has been used to establish a connection. Enabling FIPS while an instance of the component is active and connected may result in unexpected behavior.

For more details, please see the [FIPS 140-2 Compliance](https://www.nsoftware.com/kb/articles/fips.rst) article.

NOTE: This setting is applicable only on Windows.

NOTE: Enabling FIPS compliance requires a special license; please contact [sales@nsoftware.com](mailto:sales@nsoftware.com) for details.

**UseInternalSecurityAPI**: Whether or not to use the system security libraries or an internal implementation. When set to *false*, the class will use the system security libraries by default to perform cryptographic functions where applicable.

Setting this configuration setting to *true* tells the class to use the internal implementation instead of using the system security libraries.

 On Windows, this setting is set to *false* by default. On Linux/macOS, this setting is set to *true* by default.

 To use the system security libraries for Linux, OpenSSL support must be enabled. For more information on how to enable OpenSSL, please refer to the [OpenSSL Notes](platforms.md) section.

# Trappable Errors ([AMQPClassic](#amqpclassic-class) Class)

### AMQPClassic Errors

|  |  |
| --- | --- |
| 311 | AMQP Channel Error content-too-large: Content too large. |
| 312 | AMQP Channel Error no-route: Cannot deliver message published with "mandatory" flag set; message cannot be routed to any queue. |
| 313 | AMQP Channel Error no-consumers: Cannot deliver message published with "immediate" flag set; all possible queues are either non-empty or have no consumers. |
| 320 | AMQP Connection Error connection-forced: Connection forced to close. |
| 402 | AMQP Connection Error invalid-path: Invalid virtual host path specified. |
| 403 | AMQP Channel Error access-refused: Attempted to work with a server entity (exchange, queue, etc.) without necessary permissions. |
| 404 | AMQP Channel Error not-found: Attempted to work with a server entity (exchange, queue, etc.) that does not exist. |
| 405 | AMQP Channel Error resource-locked: Attempted to work with a server entity (exchange, queue, etc.) that is currently locked by another client. |
| 406 | AMQP Channel Error precondition-failed: Request failed due to one or more precondition failures. |
| 501 | AMQP Connection Error frame-error: Server received an AMQP frame that it could not decode. |
| 502 | AMQP Connection Error syntax-error: Server received an AMQP frame that contained illegal values for one or more fields. |
| 503 | AMQP Connection Error command-invalid: Server received an invalid sequence of frame, attempting to perform an invalid operation. |
| 504 | AMQP Connection Error channel-error: Attempted to work with a channel that does not exist (or was not opened correctly). |
| 505 | AMQP Connection Error unexpected-frame: Server received a frame that was unexpected, typically with regards to the content header and body. |
| 506 | AMQP Connection Error resource-error: Server could not complete the request due to insufficient resources. |
| 530 | AMQP Connection Error not-allowed: Attempted to work with some server entity (exchange, queue, etc.) in a manner that is not allowed. |
| 540 | AMQP Connection Error not-implemented: Requested an operation not supported by the server. |
| 541 | AMQP Connection Error internal-error: The server encountered an internal error while attempting to process the request. |
| 600 | General AMQP protocol error. Refer to the error message for more information. |
| 601 | Cannot open another channel. |
| 602 | Cannot modify message data. |
| 603 | Cannot publish message on inactive channel. |
| 604 | Action not supported. |
| 606 | Cannot modify configuration setting. |

### TCPClient Errors

|  |  |
| --- | --- |
| 100 | You cannot change the [RemotePort](#remoteport-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) at this time. A connection is in progress. |
| 101 | You cannot change the [RemoteHost](#remotehost-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) (Server) at this time. A connection is in progress. |
| 102 | The [RemoteHost](#remotehost-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) address is invalid (0.0.0.0). |
| 104 | Already connected. If you want to reconnect, close the current connection first. |
| 106 | You cannot change the [LocalPort](#localport-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) at this time. A connection is in progress. |
| 107 | You cannot change the [LocalHost](#localhost-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) at this time. A connection is in progress. |
| 112 | You cannot change [MaxLineLength](#MaxLineLength) at this time. A connection is in progress. |
| 116 | [RemotePort](#remoteport-property-ipworksiot_amqpclassic-class) cannot be zero. Please specify a valid service port number. |
| 117 | You cannot change the UseConnection option while the class is active. |
| 135 | Operation would block. |
| 201 | Timeout. |
| 211 | Action impossible in control's present state. |
| 212 | Action impossible while not connected. |
| 213 | Action impossible while listening. |
| 301 | Timeout. |
| 302 | Could not open file. |
| 434 | Unable to convert string to selected CodePage. |
| 1105 | Already connecting. If you want to reconnect, close the current connection first. |
| 1117 | You need to connect first. |
| 1119 | You cannot change the LocalHost at this time. A connection is in progress. |
| 1120 | Connection dropped by remote host. |

### SSL Errors

|  |  |
| --- | --- |
| 270 | Cannot load specified security library. |
| 271 | Cannot open certificate store. |
| 272 | Cannot find specified certificate. |
| 273 | Cannot acquire security credentials. |
| 274 | Cannot find certificate chain. |
| 275 | Cannot verify certificate chain. |
| 276 | Error during handshake. |
| 280 | Error verifying certificate. |
| 281 | Could not find client certificate. |
| 282 | Could not find server certificate. |
| 283 | Error encrypting data. |
| 284 | Error decrypting data. |

### TCP/IP Errors

|  |  |
| --- | --- |
| 10004 | [10004] Interrupted system call. |
| 10009 | [10009] Bad file number. |
| 10013 | [10013] Access denied. |
| 10014 | [10014] Bad address. |
| 10022 | [10022] Invalid argument. |
| 10024 | [10024] Too many open files. |
| 10035 | [10035] Operation would block. |
| 10036 | [10036] Operation now in progress. |
| 10037 | [10037] Operation already in progress. |
| 10038 | [10038] Socket operation on nonsocket. |
| 10039 | [10039] Destination address required. |
| 10040 | [10040] Message is too long. |
| 10041 | [10041] Protocol wrong type for socket. |
| 10042 | [10042] Bad protocol option. |
| 10043 | [10043] Protocol is not supported. |
| 10044 | [10044] Socket type is not supported. |
| 10045 | [10045] Operation is not supported on socket. |
| 10046 | [10046] Protocol family is not supported. |
| 10047 | [10047] Address family is not supported by protocol family. |
| 10048 | [10048] Address already in use. |
| 10049 | [10049] Cannot assign requested address. |
| 10050 | [10050] Network is down. |
| 10051 | [10051] Network is unreachable. |
| 10052 | [10052] Net dropped connection or reset. |
| 10053 | [10053] Software caused connection abort. |
| 10054 | [10054] Connection reset by peer. |
| 10055 | [10055] No buffer space available. |
| 10056 | [10056] Socket is already connected. |
| 10057 | [10057] Socket is not connected. |
| 10058 | [10058] Cannot send after socket shutdown. |
| 10059 | [10059] Too many references, cannot splice. |
| 10060 | [10060] Connection timed out. |
| 10061 | [10061] Connection refused. |
| 10062 | [10062] Too many levels of symbolic links. |
| 10063 | [10063] File name is too long. |
| 10064 | [10064] Host is down. |
| 10065 | [10065] No route to host. |
| 10066 | [10066] Directory is not empty |
| 10067 | [10067] Too many processes. |
| 10068 | [10068] Too many users. |
| 10069 | [10069] Disc Quota Exceeded. |
| 10070 | [10070] Stale NFS file handle. |
| 10071 | [10071] Too many levels of remote in path. |
| 10091 | [10091] Network subsystem is unavailable. |
| 10092 | [10092] WINSOCK DLL Version out of range. |
| 10093 | [10093] Winsock is not loaded yet. |
| 11001 | [11001] Host not found. |
| 11002 | [11002] Nonauthoritative 'Host not found' (try again or check DNS setup). |
| 11003 | [11003] Nonrecoverable errors: FORMERR, REFUSED, NOTIMP. |
| 11004 | [11004] Valid name, no data record (check DNS setup). |